Author: smumford Date: 2010-10-14 03:23:45 -0400 (Thu, 14 Oct 2010) New Revision: 4664 Added: epp/docs/branches/EPP_5_1_Branch/Site_Publisher_User_Guide/en-US/images/SQLsearchform.png epp/docs/branches/EPP_5_1_Branch/Site_Publisher_User_Guide/en-US/images/addcategoryicon.png epp/docs/branches/EPP_5_1_Branch/Site_Publisher_User_Guide/en-US/images/addcommentform.png epp/docs/branches/EPP_5_1_Branch/Site_Publisher_User_Guide/en-US/images/addnodetypeicon.png epp/docs/branches/EPP_5_1_Branch/Site_Publisher_User_Guide/en-US/images/addpropertyiconform.png epp/docs/branches/EPP_5_1_Branch/Site_Publisher_User_Guide/en-US/images/advancedsearches.png epp/docs/branches/EPP_5_1_Branch/Site_Publisher_User_Guide/en-US/images/advancedsearchform.png epp/docs/branches/EPP_5_1_Branch/Site_Publisher_User_Guide/en-US/images/advancedsearchtab.png epp/docs/branches/EPP_5_1_Branch/Site_Publisher_User_Guide/en-US/images/categorylist.png epp/docs/branches/EPP_5_1_Branch/Site_Publisher_User_Guide/en-US/images/collaboration_comment.png epp/docs/branches/EPP_5_1_Branch/Site_Publisher_User_Guide/en-US/images/collaboration_vote.png epp/docs/branches/EPP_5_1_Branch/Site_Publisher_User_Guide/en-US/images/commentdisplay.jpg epp/docs/branches/EPP_5_1_Branch/Site_Publisher_User_Guide/en-US/images/commentdocumentbutton.png epp/docs/branches/EPP_5_1_Branch/Site_Publisher_User_Guide/en-US/images/commentview.jpg epp/docs/branches/EPP_5_1_Branch/Site_Publisher_User_Guide/en-US/images/containexactlyform.png epp/docs/branches/EPP_5_1_Branch/Site_Publisher_User_Guide/en-US/images/containexactlypopulated.png epp/docs/branches/EPP_5_1_Branch/Site_Publisher_User_Guide/en-US/images/datesearchcondition.png epp/docs/branches/EPP_5_1_Branch/Site_Publisher_User_Guide/en-US/images/documenttypelist.png epp/docs/branches/EPP_5_1_Branch/Site_Publisher_User_Guide/en-US/images/documenttypepopulated.png epp/docs/branches/EPP_5_1_Branch/Site_Publisher_User_Guide/en-US/images/emptysearch.jpg epp/docs/branches/EPP_5_1_Branch/Site_Publisher_User_Guide/en-US/images/filterform.png epp/docs/branches/EPP_5_1_Branch/Site_Publisher_User_Guide/en-US/images/furtherconstraintform.png epp/docs/branches/EPP_5_1_Branch/Site_Publisher_User_Guide/en-US/images/furtherpropertyicon.png epp/docs/branches/EPP_5_1_Branch/Site_Publisher_User_Guide/en-US/images/magnifyingglassicon.png epp/docs/branches/EPP_5_1_Branch/Site_Publisher_User_Guide/en-US/images/propertieslist.png epp/docs/branches/EPP_5_1_Branch/Site_Publisher_User_Guide/en-US/images/querylistsections.png epp/docs/branches/EPP_5_1_Branch/Site_Publisher_User_Guide/en-US/images/savedquerytab.png epp/docs/branches/EPP_5_1_Branch/Site_Publisher_User_Guide/en-US/images/savedsearches.png epp/docs/branches/EPP_5_1_Branch/Site_Publisher_User_Guide/en-US/images/savedsearchicon.png epp/docs/branches/EPP_5_1_Branch/Site_Publisher_User_Guide/en-US/images/searchresults.png epp/docs/branches/EPP_5_1_Branch/Site_Publisher_User_Guide/en-US/images/searchsprocket.png epp/docs/branches/EPP_5_1_Branch/Site_Publisher_User_Guide/en-US/images/showconstraintform.png epp/docs/branches/EPP_5_1_Branch/Site_Publisher_User_Guide/en-US/images/viewresultcontent.png epp/docs/branches/EPP_5_1_Branch/Site_Publisher_User_Guide/en-US/images/viewresultnode.png epp/docs/branches/EPP_5_1_Branch/Site_Publisher_User_Guide/en-US/images/votedocumentform.png epp/docs/branches/EPP_5_1_Branch/Site_Publisher_User_Guide/en-US/images/votefordocument.png epp/docs/branches/EPP_5_1_Branch/Site_Publisher_User_Guide/en-US/images/voteinfo.png epp/docs/branches/EPP_5_1_Branch/Site_Publisher_User_Guide/en-US/images/votestars.png Modified: epp/docs/branches/EPP_5_1_Branch/Site_Publisher_User_Guide/en-US/Administration.xml epp/docs/branches/EPP_5_1_Branch/Site_Publisher_User_Guide/en-US/Author_Group.xml epp/docs/branches/EPP_5_1_Branch/Site_Publisher_User_Guide/en-US/Book_Info.xml epp/docs/branches/EPP_5_1_Branch/Site_Publisher_User_Guide/en-US/Introduction.xml epp/docs/branches/EPP_5_1_Branch/Site_Publisher_User_Guide/en-US/Next.xml epp/docs/branches/EPP_5_1_Branch/Site_Publisher_User_Guide/en-US/Preamble.xml epp/docs/branches/EPP_5_1_Branch/Site_Publisher_User_Guide/en-US/Preface.xml epp/docs/branches/EPP_5_1_Branch/Site_Publisher_User_Guide/en-US/Revision_History.xml epp/docs/branches/EPP_5_1_Branch/Site_Publisher_User_Guide/en-US/Site_Publisher_User_Guide.xml epp/docs/branches/EPP_5_1_Branch/Site_Publisher_User_Guide/en-US/Usage.xml epp/docs/branches/EPP_5_1_Branch/Site_Publisher_User_Guide/en-US/modules/Usage/Basics.xml epp/docs/branches/EPP_5_1_Branch/Site_Publisher_User_Guide/en-US/modules/Usage/Categories.xml epp/docs/branches/EPP_5_1_Branch/Site_Publisher_User_Guide/en-US/modules/Usage/FastContentCreator.xml epp/docs/branches/EPP_5_1_Branch/Site_Publisher_User_Guide/en-US/modules/Usage/FormGenerator.xml epp/docs/branches/EPP_5_1_Branch/Site_Publisher_User_Guide/en-US/modules/Usage/Newsletters.xml epp/docs/branches/EPP_5_1_Branch/Site_Publisher_User_Guide/en-US/modules/Usage/Publish.xml epp/docs/branches/EPP_5_1_Branch/Site_Publisher_User_Guide/en-US/modules/Usage/Sites.xml epp/docs/branches/EPP_5_1_Branch/Site_Publisher_User_Guide/en-US/modules/Usage/SitesExplorer.xml epp/docs/branches/EPP_5_1_Branch/Site_Publisher_User_Guide/en-US/modules/Usage/Webdav.xml Log: JBEPP-518: Further conversion Modified: epp/docs/branches/EPP_5_1_Branch/Site_Publisher_User_Guide/en-US/Administration.xml =================================================================== --- epp/docs/branches/EPP_5_1_Branch/Site_Publisher_User_Guide/en-US/Administration.xml 2010-10-14 03:29:30 UTC (rev 4663) +++ epp/docs/branches/EPP_5_1_Branch/Site_Publisher_User_Guide/en-US/Administration.xml 2010-10-14 07:23:45 UTC (rev 4664) @@ -5,49 +5,59 @@ ]> <chapter id="chap-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-WCM_Administration"> <title>WCM Administration</title> - <para> + <para> + </para> - <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-WCM_Administration-Access_WCM_Administration"> + <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-WCM_Administration-Access_WCM_Administration"> <title>Access WCM Administration</title> - <para> + <para> + </para> + </section> - - <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-WCM_Administration-Ontology"> + <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-WCM_Administration-Ontology"> <title>Ontology</title> - <para> + <para> + </para> + </section> - - <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-WCM_Administration-Content_Presentation_Manager"> + <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-WCM_Administration-Content_Presentation_Manager"> <title>Content Presentation Manager</title> - <para> + <para> + </para> + </section> - - <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-WCM_Administration-Types_of_Content"> + <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-WCM_Administration-Types_of_Content"> <title>Types of Content</title> - <!-- The below sections were added early to provide a target for an xref at SitesExplorer.xml:528 --> - <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Types_of_Content-Presentation_Management"> + <!-- The below sections were added early to provide a target for an xref at SitesExplorer.xml:528 --> <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Types_of_Content-Presentation_Management"> <title>Presentation Management</title> - <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Presentation_Management-Manage_Views"> + <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Presentation_Management-Manage_Views"> <title>Manage Views</title> - <para> + <para> + </para> + </section> + </section> + </section> - - <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-WCM_Administration-Advanced_Configuration"> + <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-WCM_Administration-Advanced_Configuration"> <title>Advanced Configuration</title> - <para> + <para> + </para> + </section> + </chapter> + Modified: epp/docs/branches/EPP_5_1_Branch/Site_Publisher_User_Guide/en-US/Author_Group.xml =================================================================== --- epp/docs/branches/EPP_5_1_Branch/Site_Publisher_User_Guide/en-US/Author_Group.xml 2010-10-14 03:29:30 UTC (rev 4663) +++ epp/docs/branches/EPP_5_1_Branch/Site_Publisher_User_Guide/en-US/Author_Group.xml 2010-10-14 07:23:45 UTC (rev 4664) @@ -6,18 +6,23 @@ <authorgroup> <editor> <firstname>Scott</firstname> - <surname>Mumford</surname> - <affiliation> + <surname>Mumford</surname> + <affiliation> <shortaffil>Red Hat</shortaffil> - <orgdiv>Engineering Content Services</orgdiv> + <orgdiv>Engineering Content Services</orgdiv> + </affiliation> - <email&gt;smumford(a)redhat.com&lt;/email&gt; + <email&gt;smumford(a)redhat.com&lt;/email&gt; + </editor> - <othercredit> + <othercredit> <affiliation> <orgname><emphasis role="bold"><ulink type="http" url="http://www.jboss.org/gatein/">GateIn</ulink></... and <emphasis role="bold"><ulink type="http" url="http://www.exoplatform.com">eXo Platform</ulink></emphasis></orgname> - <orgdiv>Documentation Teams</orgdiv> + <orgdiv>Documentation Teams</orgdiv> + </affiliation> - <contrib>Based on original product documentation by:</contrib> + <contrib>Based on original product documentation by:</contrib> + </othercredit> </authorgroup> + Modified: epp/docs/branches/EPP_5_1_Branch/Site_Publisher_User_Guide/en-US/Book_Info.xml =================================================================== --- epp/docs/branches/EPP_5_1_Branch/Site_Publisher_User_Guide/en-US/Book_Info.xml 2010-10-14 03:29:30 UTC (rev 4663) +++ epp/docs/branches/EPP_5_1_Branch/Site_Publisher_User_Guide/en-US/Book_Info.xml 2010-10-14 07:23:45 UTC (rev 4664) @@ -5,23 +5,27 @@ ]> <bookinfo id="book-Site_Publisher_User_Guide"> <title>Site Publisher User Guide</title> - <subtitle>A guide to the basic usage of the JBoss Enterprise Portal Platform Site Publisher extension</subtitle> - <productname>JBoss Enterprise Portal Platform</productname> - <productnumber>5</productnumber> - <edition>1</edition> - <pubsnumber>1.3</pubsnumber> - <abstract> + <subtitle>A guide to the basic usage of the JBoss Enterprise Portal Platform Site Publisher extension</subtitle> + <productname>JBoss Enterprise Portal Platform</productname> + <productnumber>5</productnumber> + <edition>1</edition> + <pubsnumber>1.3</pubsnumber> + <abstract> <para> This document provides an easy to follow guide to the functions and options available in &PRODUCT;&#39;s Site Publisher add-on. It is intended to be accessible and useful to both experienced and novice portal users. </para> + </abstract> - <corpauthor> + <corpauthor> <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Common_Content/images/title_logo.svg" format="SVG" /> </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject> + </corpauthor> - <xi:include href="Common_Content/Legal_Notice.xml" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" /> - <xi:include href="Author_Group.xml" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" /> + <xi:include href="Common_Content/Legal_Notice.xml" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" /> + <xi:include href="Author_Group.xml" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" /> </bookinfo> + Modified: epp/docs/branches/EPP_5_1_Branch/Site_Publisher_User_Guide/en-US/Introduction.xml =================================================================== --- epp/docs/branches/EPP_5_1_Branch/Site_Publisher_User_Guide/en-US/Introduction.xml 2010-10-14 03:29:30 UTC (rev 4663) +++ epp/docs/branches/EPP_5_1_Branch/Site_Publisher_User_Guide/en-US/Introduction.xml 2010-10-14 07:23:45 UTC (rev 4664) @@ -5,381 +5,443 @@ ]> <chapter id="chap-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Overall_Introduction"> <title>Overall Introduction</title> - <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Overall_Introduction-WCM_and_DMS"> + <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Overall_Introduction-WCM_and_DMS"> <title>WCM and DMS</title> - <para> + <para> <emphasis role="bold">Web Content Management</emphasis> (<emphasis role="bold">WCM</emphasis>) is the technologies used to Capture, Manage, Store, Preserve, and Deliver content and documents related toses. It especially concerns content imported into or generated from within an organization in the course of its operation, and includes the control of access to this content from outside the organization&#39;s processes. </para> - <para> + <para> The WCM users can manage both structured and unstructured content, so that an organization, such as a business or governmental agency, can more effectively meet business goals (increase the profits or improve th organizational procese efficient use of budgets), serve its customers (as a competitive advantage, or to improve responsiveness), and protect itself (against non-compliance, law-suits, uncoordinated departments or turnover within the organization). </para> - <para> + <para> WCM improves your operational productivity and efficiency. It allows you to transform unstructured content into structured content through the process of capturing, storing, managing, preserving, publishing and backing up while securely distributing it. The WCM portlet gives you a portal solution that can help you achieve these processes and leverage your business content across all formats for competitive gain. It also provides an environment for employees to share and collaborate on digital content and delivering a comprehensive unified solution with rich functionalities. Every components of your website can be organized, reconstructed easily, which helps you keep your website under control. </para> - <para> + <para> <emphasis role="bold">Document Management System</emphasis> (<emphasis role="bold">DMS</emphasis>) - an extension of eXo Content is used to store, manage and track electronic documents and electronic images and allows documents to be modified and managed easily and conveniently by managing versions, properties, ect. </para> + </section> - - <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Overall_Introduction-Site_Content_Structure"> + <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Overall_Introduction-Site_Content_Structure"> <title>Site Content Structure</title> - <para> + <para> Creating a site is a quick process, but deciding what content to put in the site and how to organize it will take a lot of time. Thus, to mange a site more easily and more effectively, a site always has a specific structure as follows: </para> - <mediaobject> + <mediaobject> <imageobject role="html"> <imagedata align="center" fileref="images/sitecontent.png" format="PNG" scale="100" width="444" /> </imageobject> - <imageobject role="fo"> + <imageobject role="fo"> <imagedata align="center" contentwidth="150mm" fileref="images/sitecontent.png" format="PNG" width="444" /> </imageobject> + </mediaobject> - <para> + <para> The Site Content are stored in collaboration workspaces of Java Content Repository (JCR). </para> - <variablelist id="vari-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Site_Content_Structure-Details"> + <variablelist id="vari-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Site_Content_Structure-Details"> <title>Details:</title> - <varlistentry> + <varlistentry> <term>CSS</term> - <listitem> + <listitem> <para> This file is used to define the presentation of your entire site such as: font, color, size, etc. </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> + <varlistentry> <term>Documents:</term> - <listitem> + <listitem> <para> All documents, which are used in a site will be stored in this folder. </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> + <varlistentry> <term>JS</term> - <listitem> + <listitem> <para> A programming script used on the site. This file is used to make a web page more animate and dynamic in terms of graphics and navigation. </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> + <varlistentry> <term>Links:</term> - <listitem> + <listitem> <para> This folder stores all links used in the site. </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> + <varlistentry> <term>Media:</term> - <listitem> + <listitem> <para> This folder includes three sub folders: </para> - <variablelist> + <variablelist> <varlistentry> <term>Audios:</term> - <listitem> + <listitem> <para> Store all sound files used in a site. </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> + <varlistentry> <term>images:</term> - <listitem> + <listitem> <para> Store all images, pictures used in a site. </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> + <varlistentry> <term>videos:</term> - <listitem> + <listitem> <para> Store all video files used in a site. </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> + <varlistentry> <term>Web content:</term> - <listitem> + <listitem> <para> This folder is used to store the documents which present main content (texts images, hyperlinks, audios and videos) of the site. </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </section> - - <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Overall_Introduction-Web_Content"> + <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Overall_Introduction-Web_Content"> <title>Web Content</title> - <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Web_Content-What_is_Web_Content_in_WCM"> + <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Web_Content-What_is_Web_Content_in_WCM"> <title>What is Web Content in WCM?</title> - <para> + <para> Web Content is the textual, visual or aural content that is encountered as part of the user experience on a website. It may include other things such as texts, images, sounds, videos and animations. </para> + </section> - - <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Web_Content-Web_Content_Structure"> + <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Web_Content-Web_Content_Structure"> <title>Web Content Structure</title> - <para> + <para> The Web content may include various elements. Thus, to create and manage the Web content more effectively and dynamically, each Web Content also has a specific structure: </para> - <variablelist> + <variablelist> <varlistentry> <term>Main content:</term> - <listitem> + <listitem> <para> It contains all key content such as: texts, images, links, tables,etc. </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> + <varlistentry> <term>Illustration:</term> - <listitem> + <listitem> <para> It contains an image that is used as an illustration for the content. Additionally, a summary also can be added to come with this image. </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> + <varlistentry> <term>default.css:</term> - <listitem> + <listitem> <para> It contains CSS data which is used to present the web content such as: layout, font, color, and more. </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> + <varlistentry> <term>default.js:</term> - <listitem> + <listitem> <para> It contains JS data which is used to make web content more animating and dynamic. </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </section> + </section> - - <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Overall_Introduction-Terminologies"> + <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Overall_Introduction-Terminologies"> <title>Terminologies</title> - <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Terminologies-Repository"> + <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Terminologies-Repository"> <title>Repository</title> - <para> + <para> A repository is a place where data are stored and maintained. A repository can be: </para> - <itemizedlist> + <itemizedlist> <listitem> <para> A place where data is stored </para> + </listitem> - <listitem> + <listitem> <para> A place where specifically digital data are stored </para> + </listitem> - <listitem> + <listitem> <para> A place where multiple databases or files are located for distribution over a network </para> + </listitem> - <listitem> + <listitem> <para> A computer location that is directly accessible to the user without having to travel across a network </para> + </listitem> - <listitem> + <listitem> <para> A place where anything is stored for probable re-usage </para> + </listitem> - <listitem> + <listitem> <para> A place to store digital data </para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> - - <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Terminologies-Workspace"> + <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Terminologies-Workspace"> <title>Workspace</title> - <para> + <para> A content repository is composed of a number of workspaces. Workspace is a term used by several software vendors for applications that allow users to exchange and organize files over the Internet. In the simplest case, a repository just consists of a workspace. In more complex case, a repository consists of more than one workspace. Each workspace contains a single rooted tree item. The “repository” repository contains three workspaces, includes: system, backup and collaboration workspace. </para> - <variablelist> + <variablelist> <varlistentry> <term>System workspace:</term> - <listitem> + <listitem> <para> is used to reserve “system folders” </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> + <varlistentry> <term>Backup workspace:</term> - <listitem> + <listitem> <para> The backup process depends on the published content timestamps, each published document has a duration for which it can be published and when it exceeds the timestamps, it will be automatically archived to the backup database. </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> + <varlistentry> <term>Collaboration workspace:</term> - <listitem> + <listitem> <para> Allows legal users to validate and manage documents. </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </section> - - <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Terminologies-Drive"> + <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Terminologies-Drive"> <title>Drive</title> - <para> + <para> A drive can be understood as a data storage device that is used to store folders with many documents in it. In a drive, folders are organized by a tree structure with sub-nodes are other folders or documents. In addition, you also may perform many supported actions on each object type. </para> - <para> + <para> On the other hand, a drive is a customized workspace that consists of: </para> - <itemizedlist> + <itemizedlist> <listitem> <para> a configured path from where the user will start when browsing the drive </para> + </listitem> - <listitem> + <listitem> <para> a set of allowed views that, for example, will allow to limit the available actions (such as the edition or creation of content while being in the drive) </para> + </listitem> - <listitem> + <listitem> <para> a set of permissions to limit the access (and view) of the drive to a limited number of people </para> + </listitem> - <listitem> + <listitem> <para> a set of options to describe the behavior of the drive when users browse it </para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> - - <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Terminologies-Node"> + <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Terminologies-Node"> <title>Node</title> - <para> + <para> A node is an abstract basic unit used to build linked data structures, such as linked lists and trees, and computer-based representation of graphs. Nodes contain data and/or links to other nodes. Links between nodes are often implemented by pointers or references. </para> - <para> + <para> A node can be thought of as a logical placeholder for data. It is a memory block which contains some data unit, and optionally a reference to some other data, which may be another node that contains other data. By linking one node with other interlinked nodes, very large and complex data structure can be formed. </para> + </section> - - <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Terminologies-Version"> + <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Terminologies-Version"> <title>Version</title> - <para> + <para> Versioning means that at any given time the node&#39;s state can be saved for possible future recovery and the action of saving called &#39;checking in&#39;. A workspace may contain both versionable and non-versionable nodes. A node is versionable if it has been assigned a mixin type mix: versionable; otherwise, it is a nonversionable node. A version exists as a part of a version history graph that describes the predecessor/successor relations among versions of a particular versionable node. </para> - <mediaobject> + <mediaobject> <imageobject role="html"> <imagedata align="center" fileref="images/node.png" format="PNG" scale="100" /> </imageobject> - <imageobject role="fo"> + <imageobject role="fo"> <imagedata align="center" contentwidth="70mm" fileref="images/node.png" format="PNG" /> </imageobject> + </mediaobject> - <para> + <para> Software versioning is the process of assigning either unique version names or unique version numbers to unique states of computer software. Within a given version number category (major, minor), these numbers are generally assigned in increasing order and correspond to new developments in the software. At a fine-grained level, revision control is often used for keeping track of incrementally different versions of electronic information, whether or not this information is actually computer software. </para> + </section> - - <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Terminologies-WebDAV"> + <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Terminologies-WebDAV"> <title>WebDAV</title> - <para> + <para> WebDAV stands for Web-based Distributed Authoring and Versioning. It is a set of extensions to the Hypertext Transfer Protocol (HTTP) which allows users to collaboratively edit and manage files on remote World Wide Web servers. </para> - <para> + <para> The protocol was to make the Web a readable and writable medium. It provides functionality to create, change and move documents on a remote server (typically a web server or &#34;web share&#34;). This is useful for, among other things, authoring the documents which a web server serves, but can also be used for general web-based file storage that can be accessed from anywhere. </para> + </section> - - <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Terminologies-Podcast"> + <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Terminologies-Podcast"> <title>Podcast</title> - <para> + <para> A podcast is an audio file that you can download and listen to on your computer or a portable MP3 player such as an iPod. The word itself comes from the combination of two other words: iPod and broadcast. </para> + </section> - - <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Terminologies-File_Plan"> + <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Terminologies-File_Plan"> <title>File Plan</title> - <para> + <para> The file plan is the primary records management planning document. Although file plans can differ across organizations, their typical functions are to: </para> - <itemizedlist> + <itemizedlist> <listitem> <para> Describe the kinds of items the organization acknowledges to be records. </para> + </listitem> - <listitem> + <listitem> <para> Describe what broader category of records that the items belong to. </para> + </listitem> - <listitem> + <listitem> <para> Indicate where records are stored. </para> + </listitem> - <listitem> + <listitem> <para> Describe retention periods for records. </para> + </listitem> - <listitem> + <listitem> <para> Delineate who is responsible for managing the various types of records. </para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> - - <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Terminologies-Symlink"> + <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Terminologies-Symlink"> <title>Symlink</title> - <para> + <para> Symlink is a special file containing a reference to document or folder. By using symlinks, you can easily access specific nodes (target) that symlinks point to. In the Sites Explorer, a symlink has a small chain symbol next to its icon: </para> - <mediaobject> + <mediaobject> <imageobject role="html"> <imagedata align="center" fileref="images/symlink.png" format="PNG" scale="100" /> </imageobject> - <imageobject role="fo"> + <imageobject role="fo"> <imagedata align="center" contentwidth="70mm" fileref="images/symlink.png" format="PNG" /> </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </section> + </section> + </chapter> + Modified: epp/docs/branches/EPP_5_1_Branch/Site_Publisher_User_Guide/en-US/Next.xml =================================================================== --- epp/docs/branches/EPP_5_1_Branch/Site_Publisher_User_Guide/en-US/Next.xml 2010-10-14 03:29:30 UTC (rev 4663) +++ epp/docs/branches/EPP_5_1_Branch/Site_Publisher_User_Guide/en-US/Next.xml 2010-10-14 07:23:45 UTC (rev 4664) @@ -5,6 +5,8 @@ ]> <chapter id="chap-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Next_Steps"> <title>Next Steps</title> - <para> + <para> + </para> </chapter> + Modified: epp/docs/branches/EPP_5_1_Branch/Site_Publisher_User_Guide/en-US/Preamble.xml =================================================================== --- epp/docs/branches/EPP_5_1_Branch/Site_Publisher_User_Guide/en-US/Preamble.xml 2010-10-14 03:29:30 UTC (rev 4663) +++ epp/docs/branches/EPP_5_1_Branch/Site_Publisher_User_Guide/en-US/Preamble.xml 2010-10-14 07:23:45 UTC (rev 4664) @@ -5,314 +5,382 @@ ]> <chapter id="chap-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Preamble"> <title>Preamble</title> - <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Preamble-Overview"> + <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Preamble-Overview"> <title>Overview</title> - <para> + <para> Beginning as an Open Source project in the year 2002, eXo is well-known as the industry&#39;s first Java portlet container. With the aim of dominating the potential portal market through robust and easy-to-use applications, eXo Project succeeded in attracting consumers in the whole world. eXo actually opened the floodgates to various options in many markets, and customers have been choosing eXo as the best method for their success. </para> - <para> + <para> The eXo Platform™ software is a powerful Open Source corporate portal and content management system. Users of the platform have a customized single point of access to the company&#39;s information system and resources. </para> - <mediaobject> + <mediaobject> <imageobject role="html"> <imagedata align="center" fileref="images/exoplatform.png" format="PNG" scale="90" width="444" /> </imageobject> - <imageobject role="fo"> + <imageobject role="fo"> <imagedata align="center" contentwidth="150mm" fileref="images/exoplatform.png" format="PNG" width="444" /> </imageobject> + </mediaobject> - <para> + <para> The foundation for eXo Platform 3.0 is eXo Core Services, a powerful set of REST-based services for rapid website development, content management and gadget-based development and deployment. eXo Extended Services are also a part of the eXo Platform 3.0 running on top of eXo Core Services to enable easy development of rich, user-centric web applications. </para> - <para> + <para> eXo Content is one of eXo Core services, it provides a set of services to extend portal-based applications with Enterprise Content Management (ECM) capabilities. Document Management (DMS) features make it easy to catalog and organize enterprise content and with powerful Web Content Management (WCM) services to quickly build dynamic, content-rich websites. </para> + </section> - - <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Preamble-Why_Use_Site_Publisher"> + <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Preamble-Why_Use_Site_Publisher"> <title>Why Use Site Publisher</title> - <para> + <para> If you are looking for a powerful tool and strategies in managing website and contents, eXo Content is what you need. eXo Content is designed to provide webmasters who manage websites the way of how to maintain, control, modify and reassemble the content of a web-page easily and effectively. All components of your website can be orgnized, reconstructed easily, which helps you keep your website under control. eXo Content really brings interesting experience for all users and changes their way of thinking about website. The followings are key features of eXo Content: </para> - <variablelist id="vari-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Why_Use_Site_Publisher-Website_Creation"> + <variablelist id="vari-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Why_Use_Site_Publisher-Website_Creation"> <title>Website Creation</title> - <varlistentry> + <varlistentry> <term>Fast Setup:</term> - <listitem> + <listitem> <para> Setup a new site in just a few clicks with an intuitive user interface and template features. </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> + <varlistentry> <term>Navigate, Preview and Publish Content:</term> - <listitem> + <listitem> <para> Navigate through page content in either a single content viewer or the list content display, quickly preview page content or work on new content in draft mode and publish at anytime. </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> + <varlistentry> <term>Templates:</term> - <listitem> + <listitem> <para> Create websites from existing templates and themes, or create new templates with a consistent look-and-feel across a single site. </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> + <varlistentry> <term>In-Site Edition</term> - <listitem> + <listitem> <para> The integrated rich text editor allows non-technical users to edit the pages they are in charge of in an intuitive way. </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> - <variablelist id="vari-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Why_Use_Site_Publisher-Web_Content_Organization"> + <variablelist id="vari-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Why_Use_Site_Publisher-Web_Content_Organization"> <title>Web Content Organization</title> - <varlistentry> + <varlistentry> <term>Web-Based Administration:</term> - <listitem> + <listitem> <para> Use a web browser to manage sites remotely, no local administration software is required. </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> + <varlistentry> <term>Manage Multiple Websites:</term> - <listitem> + <listitem> <para> Manage and control every site in one place. </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> + <varlistentry> <term>Media Library:</term> - <listitem> + <listitem> <para> Upload media to the library, publish, reuse and update all available media content across multiple websites. </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> + <varlistentry> <term>Content Search:</term> - <listitem> + <listitem> <para> Search content and documents using categorization and tag features. </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> + <varlistentry> <term>Broken Link Detection:</term> - <listitem> + <listitem> <para> Know how many broken links are present and how many are functional with ease. </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> + <varlistentry> <term>Versioning and Rollback:</term> - <listitem> + <listitem> <para> Easily rollback a website&#39;s content with automatic versioning. </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> + <varlistentry> <term>SEO and Friendly URLs:</term> - <listitem> + <listitem> <para> Search Engine Optimization (SEO) is simplified for editing meta tags and more. Content has its own specific URL for easier bookmarking and improved SEO. </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> + <varlistentry> <term>Configuration for Deployment on Web Farms:</term> - <listitem> + <listitem> <para> Advanced deployment rule for scalable, three-tier web application architecture with partitioned replicated deployment. </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> - <variablelist id="vari-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Why_Use_Site_Publisher-Capture_and_Manage_Documents"> + <variablelist id="vari-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Why_Use_Site_Publisher-Capture_and_Manage_Documents"> <title>Capture and Manage Documents</title> - <varlistentry> + <varlistentry> <term>Kofax Plugin:</term> - <listitem> + <listitem> <para> Collect paper documents, forms, invoices and other unstructured documents and convert into accurate and retrievable information, stored in the eXo JCR. </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> + <varlistentry> <term>Access Control List:</term> - <listitem> + <listitem> <para> Validate the current session&#39;s permissions to add nodes, set properties, remove or retrieve items. Define actions to launch the next step in a process, or to invoke any &#34;coded&#34; action required. </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> + <varlistentry> <term>Workflow:</term> - <listitem> + <listitem> <para> Specify processes for document collaboration and validation. </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> + <varlistentry> <term>Record Management:</term> - <listitem> + <listitem> <para> Track the status of content completion and control document storage lifecycles. </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> - <variablelist id="vari-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Why_Use_Site_Publisher-Store_and_Access_Documents"> + <variablelist id="vari-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Why_Use_Site_Publisher-Store_and_Access_Documents"> <title>Store and Access Documents</title> - <varlistentry> + <varlistentry> <term>JCR:</term> - <listitem> + <listitem> <para> eXo JCR allows applications to access or manage files independent of their location, and also provides advanced features such as unified access control, versioning, indexing and more. </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> + <varlistentry> <term>Automatic Backup:</term> - <listitem> + <listitem> <para> Define and automate tasks to save documents as required. </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> + <varlistentry> <term>Web Interface:</term> - <listitem> + <listitem> <para> Access documents in an intuitive and user-friendly web interface. </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> + <varlistentry> <term>Microsoft and OpenOffice Plug-ins:</term> - <listitem> + <listitem> <para> Microsoft and OpenOffice plug-ins give users the freedom to work on documents in their preferred document editing program. </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> - <formalpara id="form-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Why_Use_Site_Publisher-And_More..."> + <formalpara id="form-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Why_Use_Site_Publisher-And_More..."> <title>And More...</title> - <para> + <para> eXo Content also provides other powerful tools to manage an build content-rich websites such as CSS, Java Script and RSS support, advanced document management tool, collaboration tools, etc. All features is to meet your requirements for the purpose of easy site management, cost reduction in managing multiple sites in only one place. </para> + </formalpara> + </section> - - <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Preamble-About_This_Document"> + <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Preamble-About_This_Document"> <title>About This Document</title> - <para> + <para> The intended reader of this manual are webmasters using eXo Content. This manual will explain all the basic and advanced features that eXo Content provides in managing websites and site content. It gives in-depth examples and easy explanations of eXo Platform technology that allows the webmasters to create and manage a very fast and powerful website. </para> - <para> + <para> With this guide you will: </para> - <itemizedlist> + <itemizedlist> <listitem> <para> learn the basic terminologies used in eXo Content. </para> + </listitem> - <listitem> + <listitem> <para> know how to create, manage and publish Site content. </para> + </listitem> - <listitem> + <listitem> <para> know how to manage Web pages, set up a website, etc. </para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> - - <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Preamble-References_and_Related_Sources"> + <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Preamble-References_and_Related_Sources"> <title>References and Related Sources</title> - <itemizedlist id="item-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-References_and_Related_Sources-Information"> + <itemizedlist id="item-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-References_and_Related_Sources-Information"> <title>Information</title> - <listitem> + <listitem> <para> <ulink type="http" url="http://www.exoplatform.com/">eXo Home Page</ulink> </para> + </listitem> - <listitem> + <listitem> <para> <ulink type="http" url="http://wiki.exoplatform.com/xwiki/bin/view/Main/WebHome/"&... Wiki</ulink> </para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> - <itemizedlist id="item-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-References_and_Related_Sources-Support"> + <itemizedlist id="item-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-References_and_Related_Sources-Support"> <title>Support</title> - <listitem> + <listitem> <para> <ulink type="http" url="http://forums.exoplatform.org/">Forums</ulink> </para> + </listitem> - <listitem> + <listitem> <para> <ulink type="http" url="http://faq.exoplatform.org/index.html">FAQs</ulink> </para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> - <itemizedlist id="item-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-References_and_Related_Sources-Downloads"> + <itemizedlist id="item-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-References_and_Related_Sources-Downloads"> <title>Downloads</title> - <listitem> + <listitem> <para> <ulink type="http" url="http://www.exoplatform.com/company/public/website/platform/exo-... Content</ulink> </para> + </listitem> - <listitem> + <listitem> <para> <ulink type="http" url="http://www.exoplatform.com/company/public/website/platform/exo-... Development Tools</ulink> </para> + </listitem> - <listitem> + <listitem> <para> <ulink type="http" url="">Gatein Portal Framework</ulink> </para> + </listitem> - <listitem> + <listitem> <para> <ulink type="http" url="http://www.exoplatform.com/company/public/website/platform/exo-... Collaboration</ulink> </para> + </listitem> - <listitem> + <listitem> <para> <ulink type="http" url="http://www.exoplatform.com/company/public/website/platform/exo-... Knowledge</ulink> </para> + </listitem> - <listitem> + <listitem> <para> <ulink type="http" url="http://www.exoplatform.com/company/public/website/platform/exo-... Social</ulink> </para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> - <itemizedlist id="item-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-References_and_Related_Sources-Resource_Center"> + <itemizedlist id="item-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-References_and_Related_Sources-Resource_Center"> <title>Resource Center</title> - <listitem> + <listitem> <para> <ulink type="http" url="http://www.exoplatform.com/company/public/website/resource-cent... demos, tutorials, webinar archives, features and benefits tables and more</ulink> </para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + </chapter> + Modified: epp/docs/branches/EPP_5_1_Branch/Site_Publisher_User_Guide/en-US/Preface.xml =================================================================== --- epp/docs/branches/EPP_5_1_Branch/Site_Publisher_User_Guide/en-US/Preface.xml 2010-10-14 03:29:30 UTC (rev 4663) +++ epp/docs/branches/EPP_5_1_Branch/Site_Publisher_User_Guide/en-US/Preface.xml 2010-10-14 07:23:45 UTC (rev 4664) @@ -5,8 +5,9 @@ ]> <preface id="pref-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Preface"> <title>Preface</title> - <xi:include href="Common_Content/Conventions.xml" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" /> - <xi:include href="Feedback.xml" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude"><xi:fallback xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude"><xi:include href="Common_Content/Feedback.xml" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" /> - </xi:fallback> - </xi:include> + <xi:include href="Common_Content/Conventions.xml" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" /> + <xi:include href="Feedback.xml" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude"><xi:fallback xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude"><xi:include href="Common_Content/Feedback.xml" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" /> + </xi:fallback> + </xi:include> </preface> + Modified: epp/docs/branches/EPP_5_1_Branch/Site_Publisher_User_Guide/en-US/Revision_History.xml =================================================================== --- epp/docs/branches/EPP_5_1_Branch/Site_Publisher_User_Guide/en-US/Revision_History.xml 2010-10-14 03:29:30 UTC (rev 4663) +++ epp/docs/branches/EPP_5_1_Branch/Site_Publisher_User_Guide/en-US/Revision_History.xml 2010-10-14 07:23:45 UTC (rev 4664) @@ -5,64 +5,83 @@ ]> <appendix id="appe-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Revision_History"> <title>Revision History</title> - <simpara> + <simpara> <revhistory> - <revision> + <revision> <revnumber>1-1.3</revnumber> - <date>Mon Oct 11 2010</date> - <author> + <date>Mon Oct 11 2010</date> + <author> <firstname>Scott</firstname> - <surname>Mumford</surname> - <email&gt;smumford(a)redhat.com&lt;/email&gt; + <surname>Mumford</surname> + <email&gt;smumford(a)redhat.com&lt;/email&gt; + </author> - <revdescription> + <revdescription> <simplelist> - <member>Removed "draft' status for publication.</member> + <member>Removed &#34;draft&#39; status for publication.</member> + </simplelist> + </revdescription> + </revision> - <revision> + <revision> <revnumber>1-1.2</revnumber> - <date>Mon Oct 11 2010</date> - <author> + <date>Mon Oct 11 2010</date> + <author> <firstname>Scott</firstname> - <surname>Mumford</surname> - <email&gt;smumford(a)redhat.com&lt;/email&gt; + <surname>Mumford</surname> + <email&gt;smumford(a)redhat.com&lt;/email&gt; + </author> - <revdescription> + <revdescription> <simplelist> <member>Edit Product version number for publishing restructure.</member> + </simplelist> + </revdescription> + </revision> - <revision> + <revision> <revnumber>1-1.1</revnumber> - <date>Thu Oct 07 2010</date> - <author> + <date>Thu Oct 07 2010</date> + <author> <firstname>Scott</firstname> - <surname>Mumford</surname> - <email&gt;smumford(a)redhat.com&lt;/email&gt; + <surname>Mumford</surname> + <email&gt;smumford(a)redhat.com&lt;/email&gt; + </author> - <revdescription> + <revdescription> <simplelist> <member>Second staging push of conversion in-progess</member> + </simplelist> + </revdescription> + </revision> - <revision> + <revision> <revnumber>1-0</revnumber> - <date>Tue Sep 28 2010</date> - <author> + <date>Tue Sep 28 2010</date> + <author> <firstname>Scott</firstname> - <surname>Mumford</surname> - <email&gt;smumford(a)redhat.com&lt;/email&gt; + <surname>Mumford</surname> + <email&gt;smumford(a)redhat.com&lt;/email&gt; + </author> - <revdescription> + <revdescription> <simplelist> <member>Initial creation of book by publican</member> + </simplelist> + </revdescription> + </revision> + </revhistory> + </simpara> </appendix> + Modified: epp/docs/branches/EPP_5_1_Branch/Site_Publisher_User_Guide/en-US/Site_Publisher_User_Guide.xml =================================================================== --- epp/docs/branches/EPP_5_1_Branch/Site_Publisher_User_Guide/en-US/Site_Publisher_User_Guide.xml 2010-10-14 03:29:30 UTC (rev 4663) +++ epp/docs/branches/EPP_5_1_Branch/Site_Publisher_User_Guide/en-US/Site_Publisher_User_Guide.xml 2010-10-14 07:23:45 UTC (rev 4664) @@ -5,12 +5,13 @@ ]> <book> <xi:include href="Book_Info.xml" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" /> - <xi:include href="Preface.xml" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" /> - <xi:include href="Preamble.xml" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" /> - <xi:include href="Introduction.xml" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" /> - <xi:include href="Usage.xml" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" /> - <xi:include href="Administration.xml" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" /> - <xi:include href="Next.xml" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" /> - <xi:include href="Revision_History.xml" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" /> - <index /> + <xi:include href="Preface.xml" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" /> + <xi:include href="Preamble.xml" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" /> + <xi:include href="Introduction.xml" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" /> + <xi:include href="Usage.xml" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" /> + <xi:include href="Administration.xml" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" /> + <xi:include href="Next.xml" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" /> + <xi:include href="Revision_History.xml" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" /> + <index /> </book> + Modified: epp/docs/branches/EPP_5_1_Branch/Site_Publisher_User_Guide/en-US/Usage.xml =================================================================== --- epp/docs/branches/EPP_5_1_Branch/Site_Publisher_User_Guide/en-US/Usage.xml 2010-10-14 03:29:30 UTC (rev 4663) +++ epp/docs/branches/EPP_5_1_Branch/Site_Publisher_User_Guide/en-US/Usage.xml 2010-10-14 07:23:45 UTC (rev 4664) @@ -5,13 +5,14 @@ ]> <chapter id="chap-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-How_To_Use_WCM_and_DMS"> <title>How To Use WCM and DMS</title> - <xi:include href="modules/Usage/Basics.xml" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" /> - <xi:include href="modules/Usage/Sites.xml" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" /> - <xi:include href="modules/Usage/SitesExplorer.xml" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" /> - <xi:include href="modules/Usage/Webdav.xml" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" /> - <xi:include href="modules/Usage/Publish.xml" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" /> - <xi:include href="modules/Usage/Newsletters.xml" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" /> - <xi:include href="modules/Usage/FastContentCreator.xml" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" /> - <xi:include href="modules/Usage/FormGenerator.xml" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" /> - <xi:include href="modules/Usage/Categories.xml" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" /> + <xi:include href="modules/Usage/Basics.xml" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" /> + <xi:include href="modules/Usage/Sites.xml" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" /> + <xi:include href="modules/Usage/SitesExplorer.xml" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" /> + <xi:include href="modules/Usage/Webdav.xml" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" /> + <xi:include href="modules/Usage/Publish.xml" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" /> + <xi:include href="modules/Usage/Newsletters.xml" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" /> + <xi:include href="modules/Usage/FastContentCreator.xml" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" /> + <xi:include href="modules/Usage/FormGenerator.xml" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" /> + <xi:include href="modules/Usage/Categories.xml" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" /> </chapter> + Added: epp/docs/branches/EPP_5_1_Branch/Site_Publisher_User_Guide/en-US/images/SQLsearchform.png =================================================================== (Binary files differ) Property changes on: epp/docs/branches/EPP_5_1_Branch/Site_Publisher_User_Guide/en-US/images/SQLsearchform.png ___________________________________________________________________ Name: svn:mime-type + application/octet-stream Added: epp/docs/branches/EPP_5_1_Branch/Site_Publisher_User_Guide/en-US/images/addcategoryicon.png =================================================================== (Binary files differ) Property changes on: epp/docs/branches/EPP_5_1_Branch/Site_Publisher_User_Guide/en-US/images/addcategoryicon.png ___________________________________________________________________ Name: svn:mime-type + application/octet-stream Added: epp/docs/branches/EPP_5_1_Branch/Site_Publisher_User_Guide/en-US/images/addcommentform.png =================================================================== (Binary files differ) Property changes on: epp/docs/branches/EPP_5_1_Branch/Site_Publisher_User_Guide/en-US/images/addcommentform.png ___________________________________________________________________ Name: svn:mime-type + application/octet-stream Added: epp/docs/branches/EPP_5_1_Branch/Site_Publisher_User_Guide/en-US/images/addnodetypeicon.png =================================================================== (Binary files differ) Property changes on: epp/docs/branches/EPP_5_1_Branch/Site_Publisher_User_Guide/en-US/images/addnodetypeicon.png ___________________________________________________________________ Name: svn:mime-type + application/octet-stream Added: epp/docs/branches/EPP_5_1_Branch/Site_Publisher_User_Guide/en-US/images/addpropertyiconform.png =================================================================== (Binary files differ) Property changes on: epp/docs/branches/EPP_5_1_Branch/Site_Publisher_User_Guide/en-US/images/addpropertyiconform.png ___________________________________________________________________ Name: svn:mime-type + application/octet-stream Added: epp/docs/branches/EPP_5_1_Branch/Site_Publisher_User_Guide/en-US/images/advancedsearches.png =================================================================== (Binary files differ) Property changes on: epp/docs/branches/EPP_5_1_Branch/Site_Publisher_User_Guide/en-US/images/advancedsearches.png ___________________________________________________________________ Name: svn:mime-type + application/octet-stream Added: epp/docs/branches/EPP_5_1_Branch/Site_Publisher_User_Guide/en-US/images/advancedsearchform.png =================================================================== (Binary files differ) Property changes on: epp/docs/branches/EPP_5_1_Branch/Site_Publisher_User_Guide/en-US/images/advancedsearchform.png ___________________________________________________________________ Name: svn:mime-type + application/octet-stream Added: epp/docs/branches/EPP_5_1_Branch/Site_Publisher_User_Guide/en-US/images/advancedsearchtab.png =================================================================== (Binary files differ) Property changes on: epp/docs/branches/EPP_5_1_Branch/Site_Publisher_User_Guide/en-US/images/advancedsearchtab.png ___________________________________________________________________ Name: svn:mime-type + application/octet-stream Added: epp/docs/branches/EPP_5_1_Branch/Site_Publisher_User_Guide/en-US/images/categorylist.png =================================================================== (Binary files differ) Property changes on: epp/docs/branches/EPP_5_1_Branch/Site_Publisher_User_Guide/en-US/images/categorylist.png ___________________________________________________________________ Name: svn:mime-type + application/octet-stream Added: epp/docs/branches/EPP_5_1_Branch/Site_Publisher_User_Guide/en-US/images/collaboration_comment.png =================================================================== (Binary files differ) Property changes on: epp/docs/branches/EPP_5_1_Branch/Site_Publisher_User_Guide/en-US/images/collaboration_comment.png ___________________________________________________________________ Name: svn:mime-type + application/octet-stream Added: epp/docs/branches/EPP_5_1_Branch/Site_Publisher_User_Guide/en-US/images/collaboration_vote.png =================================================================== (Binary files differ) Property changes on: epp/docs/branches/EPP_5_1_Branch/Site_Publisher_User_Guide/en-US/images/collaboration_vote.png ___________________________________________________________________ Name: svn:mime-type + application/octet-stream Added: epp/docs/branches/EPP_5_1_Branch/Site_Publisher_User_Guide/en-US/images/commentdisplay.jpg =================================================================== (Binary files differ) Property changes on: epp/docs/branches/EPP_5_1_Branch/Site_Publisher_User_Guide/en-US/images/commentdisplay.jpg ___________________________________________________________________ Name: svn:mime-type + application/octet-stream Added: epp/docs/branches/EPP_5_1_Branch/Site_Publisher_User_Guide/en-US/images/commentdocumentbutton.png =================================================================== (Binary files differ) Property changes on: epp/docs/branches/EPP_5_1_Branch/Site_Publisher_User_Guide/en-US/images/commentdocumentbutton.png ___________________________________________________________________ Name: svn:mime-type + application/octet-stream Added: epp/docs/branches/EPP_5_1_Branch/Site_Publisher_User_Guide/en-US/images/commentview.jpg =================================================================== (Binary files differ) Property changes on: epp/docs/branches/EPP_5_1_Branch/Site_Publisher_User_Guide/en-US/images/commentview.jpg ___________________________________________________________________ Name: svn:mime-type + application/octet-stream Added: epp/docs/branches/EPP_5_1_Branch/Site_Publisher_User_Guide/en-US/images/containexactlyform.png =================================================================== (Binary files differ) Property changes on: epp/docs/branches/EPP_5_1_Branch/Site_Publisher_User_Guide/en-US/images/containexactlyform.png ___________________________________________________________________ Name: svn:mime-type + application/octet-stream Added: epp/docs/branches/EPP_5_1_Branch/Site_Publisher_User_Guide/en-US/images/containexactlypopulated.png =================================================================== (Binary files differ) Property changes on: epp/docs/branches/EPP_5_1_Branch/Site_Publisher_User_Guide/en-US/images/containexactlypopulated.png ___________________________________________________________________ Name: svn:mime-type + application/octet-stream Added: epp/docs/branches/EPP_5_1_Branch/Site_Publisher_User_Guide/en-US/images/datesearchcondition.png =================================================================== (Binary files differ) Property changes on: epp/docs/branches/EPP_5_1_Branch/Site_Publisher_User_Guide/en-US/images/datesearchcondition.png ___________________________________________________________________ Name: svn:mime-type + application/octet-stream Added: epp/docs/branches/EPP_5_1_Branch/Site_Publisher_User_Guide/en-US/images/documenttypelist.png =================================================================== (Binary files differ) Property changes on: epp/docs/branches/EPP_5_1_Branch/Site_Publisher_User_Guide/en-US/images/documenttypelist.png ___________________________________________________________________ Name: svn:mime-type + application/octet-stream Added: epp/docs/branches/EPP_5_1_Branch/Site_Publisher_User_Guide/en-US/images/documenttypepopulated.png =================================================================== (Binary files differ) Property changes on: epp/docs/branches/EPP_5_1_Branch/Site_Publisher_User_Guide/en-US/images/documenttypepopulated.png ___________________________________________________________________ Name: svn:mime-type + application/octet-stream Added: epp/docs/branches/EPP_5_1_Branch/Site_Publisher_User_Guide/en-US/images/emptysearch.jpg =================================================================== (Binary files differ) Property changes on: epp/docs/branches/EPP_5_1_Branch/Site_Publisher_User_Guide/en-US/images/emptysearch.jpg ___________________________________________________________________ Name: svn:mime-type + application/octet-stream Added: epp/docs/branches/EPP_5_1_Branch/Site_Publisher_User_Guide/en-US/images/filterform.png =================================================================== (Binary files differ) Property changes on: epp/docs/branches/EPP_5_1_Branch/Site_Publisher_User_Guide/en-US/images/filterform.png ___________________________________________________________________ Name: svn:mime-type + application/octet-stream Added: epp/docs/branches/EPP_5_1_Branch/Site_Publisher_User_Guide/en-US/images/furtherconstraintform.png =================================================================== (Binary files differ) Property changes on: epp/docs/branches/EPP_5_1_Branch/Site_Publisher_User_Guide/en-US/images/furtherconstraintform.png ___________________________________________________________________ Name: svn:mime-type + application/octet-stream Added: epp/docs/branches/EPP_5_1_Branch/Site_Publisher_User_Guide/en-US/images/furtherpropertyicon.png =================================================================== (Binary files differ) Property changes on: epp/docs/branches/EPP_5_1_Branch/Site_Publisher_User_Guide/en-US/images/furtherpropertyicon.png ___________________________________________________________________ Name: svn:mime-type + application/octet-stream Added: epp/docs/branches/EPP_5_1_Branch/Site_Publisher_User_Guide/en-US/images/magnifyingglassicon.png =================================================================== (Binary files differ) Property changes on: epp/docs/branches/EPP_5_1_Branch/Site_Publisher_User_Guide/en-US/images/magnifyingglassicon.png ___________________________________________________________________ Name: svn:mime-type + application/octet-stream Added: epp/docs/branches/EPP_5_1_Branch/Site_Publisher_User_Guide/en-US/images/propertieslist.png =================================================================== (Binary files differ) Property changes on: epp/docs/branches/EPP_5_1_Branch/Site_Publisher_User_Guide/en-US/images/propertieslist.png ___________________________________________________________________ Name: svn:mime-type + application/octet-stream Added: epp/docs/branches/EPP_5_1_Branch/Site_Publisher_User_Guide/en-US/images/querylistsections.png =================================================================== (Binary files differ) Property changes on: epp/docs/branches/EPP_5_1_Branch/Site_Publisher_User_Guide/en-US/images/querylistsections.png ___________________________________________________________________ Name: svn:mime-type + application/octet-stream Added: epp/docs/branches/EPP_5_1_Branch/Site_Publisher_User_Guide/en-US/images/savedquerytab.png =================================================================== (Binary files differ) Property changes on: epp/docs/branches/EPP_5_1_Branch/Site_Publisher_User_Guide/en-US/images/savedquerytab.png ___________________________________________________________________ Name: svn:mime-type + application/octet-stream Added: epp/docs/branches/EPP_5_1_Branch/Site_Publisher_User_Guide/en-US/images/savedsearches.png =================================================================== (Binary files differ) Property changes on: epp/docs/branches/EPP_5_1_Branch/Site_Publisher_User_Guide/en-US/images/savedsearches.png ___________________________________________________________________ Name: svn:mime-type + application/octet-stream Added: epp/docs/branches/EPP_5_1_Branch/Site_Publisher_User_Guide/en-US/images/savedsearchicon.png =================================================================== (Binary files differ) Property changes on: epp/docs/branches/EPP_5_1_Branch/Site_Publisher_User_Guide/en-US/images/savedsearchicon.png ___________________________________________________________________ Name: svn:mime-type + application/octet-stream Added: epp/docs/branches/EPP_5_1_Branch/Site_Publisher_User_Guide/en-US/images/searchresults.png =================================================================== (Binary files differ) Property changes on: epp/docs/branches/EPP_5_1_Branch/Site_Publisher_User_Guide/en-US/images/searchresults.png ___________________________________________________________________ Name: svn:mime-type + application/octet-stream Added: epp/docs/branches/EPP_5_1_Branch/Site_Publisher_User_Guide/en-US/images/searchsprocket.png =================================================================== (Binary files differ) Property changes on: epp/docs/branches/EPP_5_1_Branch/Site_Publisher_User_Guide/en-US/images/searchsprocket.png ___________________________________________________________________ Name: svn:mime-type + application/octet-stream Added: epp/docs/branches/EPP_5_1_Branch/Site_Publisher_User_Guide/en-US/images/showconstraintform.png =================================================================== (Binary files differ) Property changes on: epp/docs/branches/EPP_5_1_Branch/Site_Publisher_User_Guide/en-US/images/showconstraintform.png ___________________________________________________________________ Name: svn:mime-type + application/octet-stream Added: epp/docs/branches/EPP_5_1_Branch/Site_Publisher_User_Guide/en-US/images/viewresultcontent.png =================================================================== (Binary files differ) Property changes on: epp/docs/branches/EPP_5_1_Branch/Site_Publisher_User_Guide/en-US/images/viewresultcontent.png ___________________________________________________________________ Name: svn:mime-type + application/octet-stream Added: epp/docs/branches/EPP_5_1_Branch/Site_Publisher_User_Guide/en-US/images/viewresultnode.png =================================================================== (Binary files differ) Property changes on: epp/docs/branches/EPP_5_1_Branch/Site_Publisher_User_Guide/en-US/images/viewresultnode.png ___________________________________________________________________ Name: svn:mime-type + application/octet-stream Added: epp/docs/branches/EPP_5_1_Branch/Site_Publisher_User_Guide/en-US/images/votedocumentform.png =================================================================== (Binary files differ) Property changes on: epp/docs/branches/EPP_5_1_Branch/Site_Publisher_User_Guide/en-US/images/votedocumentform.png ___________________________________________________________________ Name: svn:mime-type + application/octet-stream Added: epp/docs/branches/EPP_5_1_Branch/Site_Publisher_User_Guide/en-US/images/votefordocument.png =================================================================== (Binary files differ) Property changes on: epp/docs/branches/EPP_5_1_Branch/Site_Publisher_User_Guide/en-US/images/votefordocument.png ___________________________________________________________________ Name: svn:mime-type + application/octet-stream Added: epp/docs/branches/EPP_5_1_Branch/Site_Publisher_User_Guide/en-US/images/voteinfo.png =================================================================== (Binary files differ) Property changes on: epp/docs/branches/EPP_5_1_Branch/Site_Publisher_User_Guide/en-US/images/voteinfo.png ___________________________________________________________________ Name: svn:mime-type + application/octet-stream Added: epp/docs/branches/EPP_5_1_Branch/Site_Publisher_User_Guide/en-US/images/votestars.png =================================================================== (Binary files differ) Property changes on: epp/docs/branches/EPP_5_1_Branch/Site_Publisher_User_Guide/en-US/images/votestars.png ___________________________________________________________________ Name: svn:mime-type + application/octet-stream Modified: epp/docs/branches/EPP_5_1_Branch/Site_Publisher_User_Guide/en-US/modules/Usage/Basics.xml =================================================================== --- epp/docs/branches/EPP_5_1_Branch/Site_Publisher_User_Guide/en-US/modules/Usage/Basics.xml 2010-10-14 03:29:30 UTC (rev 4663) +++ epp/docs/branches/EPP_5_1_Branch/Site_Publisher_User_Guide/en-US/modules/Usage/Basics.xml 2010-10-14 07:23:45 UTC (rev 4664) @@ -5,747 +5,865 @@ ]> <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Basic_Actions_in_WCM"> <title>Basic Actions in WCM</title> - <para> + <para> These actions can be done by users who have the right to use the administration bar with a personal preferences menu. </para> - <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Basic_Actions_in_WCM-View_a_site"> + <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Basic_Actions_in_WCM-View_a_site"> <title>View a site</title> - <para> + <para> In WCM, we use the &#39;Website&#39; term which is equivalent to the &#39;Portal&#39; term. So, viewing a portal means viewing a website. You can select the site that you want to view by selecting the site name in the drop-down menu on the Administration bar: </para> - <mediaobject> + <mediaobject> <imageobject role="html"> <imagedata align="center" fileref="images/toolbar.png" format="PNG" scale="100" /> </imageobject> - <imageobject role="fo"> + <imageobject role="fo"> <imagedata align="center" contentwidth="70mm" fileref="images/toolbar.png" format="PNG" /> </imageobject> + </mediaobject> - <para> + <para> The main screen of the site will appear like the illustration below: </para> - <mediaobjectco> <imageobjectco> <areaspec> + <mediaobjectco> <imageobjectco> <areaspec> <area coords="" id="area-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Basic_Actions_in_WCM-View_a_site-admin" /> - <area coords="" id="area-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Basic_Actions_in_WCM-View_a_site-banner" /> - <area coords="" id="area-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Basic_Actions_in_WCM-View_a_site-home" /> - <area coords="" id="area-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Basic_Actions_in_WCM-View_a_site-footer" /> + <area coords="" id="area-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Basic_Actions_in_WCM-View_a_site-banner" /> + <area coords="" id="area-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Basic_Actions_in_WCM-View_a_site-home" /> + <area coords="" id="area-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Basic_Actions_in_WCM-View_a_site-footer" /> + </areaspec> - <imageobject> + <imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="images/acme.png" format="PNG" width="444" /> </imageobject> - <calloutlist> + <calloutlist> <callout arearefs="area-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Basic_Actions_in_WCM-View_a_site-admin"> <para> This is Administration bar which contains administration functions related to portals (websites). </para> + </callout> - <callout arearefs="area-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Basic_Actions_in_WCM-View_a_site-banner"> + <callout arearefs="area-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Basic_Actions_in_WCM-View_a_site-banner"> <para> This is Banner which contains slogan, logo, icon used in the website. </para> + </callout> - <callout arearefs="area-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Basic_Actions_in_WCM-View_a_site-home"> + <callout arearefs="area-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Basic_Actions_in_WCM-View_a_site-home"> <para> This is Home page which is the main page of the website. This is the default page that is displayed first when you visit the website. </para> + </callout> - <callout arearefs="area-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Basic_Actions_in_WCM-View_a_site-footer"> + <callout arearefs="area-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Basic_Actions_in_WCM-View_a_site-footer"> <para> This is Footer of the web site. It can be texts, or image that is displayed at the bottom of the web site. It provides information about author/institutional sponsor, revision date, copyright, etc. </para> + </callout> + </calloutlist> - </imageobjectco> </mediaobjectco> + </imageobjectco> </mediaobjectco> </section> - - <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Basic_Actions_in_WCM-Register_an_account"> + <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Basic_Actions_in_WCM-Register_an_account"> <title>Register an account</title> - <para> + <para> To register a new account on the portal, proceed as follows: </para> - <procedure> + <procedure> <title></title> - <step> + <step> <para> Go to the portal by inputting the URL in the address bar (e.g: <ulink type="http" url="http://localhost:8080/portal/public/classic" />). </para> - <para> + <para> The anonymous homepage will appear: </para> - <mediaobject> + <mediaobject> <imageobject role="html"> <imagedata align="center" fileref="images/homepage.png" format="PNG" scale="90" width="444" /> </imageobject> - <imageobject role="fo"> + <imageobject role="fo"> <imagedata align="center" contentwidth="150mm" fileref="images/homepage.png" format="PNG" width="444" /> </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </step> - <step> + <step> <para> Click the Register link on the top of the site, the Register form will be displayed: </para> - <mediaobject> + <mediaobject> <imageobject role="html"> <imagedata align="center" fileref="images/register.png" format="PNG" scale="90" width="444" /> </imageobject> - <imageobject role="fo"> + <imageobject role="fo"> <imagedata align="center" contentwidth="150mm" fileref="images/register.png" format="PNG" width="444" /> </imageobject> + </mediaobject> - <para> + <para> (*) required </para> - <para> + <para> The Account Setting information includes: </para> - <table> + <table> <title></title> - <tgroup cols="2"> + <tgroup cols="2"> <thead> <row> <entry> Field </entry> - <entry> + <entry> Information </entry> + </row> + </thead> - <tbody> + <tbody> <row> <entry> User Name </entry> - <entry> + <entry> The user name that is used to login into the system. It must be unique. The user name must be started with a character. </entry> + </row> - <row> + <row> <entry> Password </entry> - <entry> + <entry> The security characters are used to login. It must have at least 6 characters. </entry> + </row> - <row> + <row> <entry> Confirm Password </entry> - <entry> + <entry> The re-typed password above. The password in Password field and this field must be the same. </entry> + </row> - <row> + <row> <entry> First Name </entry> - <entry> + <entry> Your first name </entry> + </row> - <row> + <row> <entry> Last Name </entry> - <entry> + <entry> Your last name </entry> + </row> - <row> + <row> <entry> Email Address </entry> - <entry> + <entry> Your email address. It must have right format: <replaceable&gt;username(a)abc.com&lt;/replaceable&gt; </entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </tgroup> + </table> + </step> - <step> + <step> <para> Input values for fields in this form. </para> + </step> - <step> + <step> <para> Click the <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="images/magnifingglassicon.png" format="PNG" /> + <imagedata fileref="images/magnifyingglassicon.png" format="PNG" /> </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject> icon to search and check if the inputted user name is available. </para> + </step> - <step> + <step> <para> Input other required fields in the <emphasis role="bold">Account Settings</emphasis> tab. </para> + </step> - <step> + <step> <para> Input values for the User Profile information, including: Profile information, Home information, Business information. </para> - <mediaobject> + <mediaobject> <imageobject role="html"> <imagedata align="center" fileref="images/userprofile.png" format="PNG" scale="90" width="444" /> </imageobject> - <imageobject role="fo"> + <imageobject role="fo"> <imagedata align="center" contentwidth="150mm" fileref="images/userprofile.png" format="PNG" width="444" /> </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </step> - <step> + <step> <para> Click Save to register a new account, or Reset to renew all inputted values. There will be an alert message, and you can not add a new account successfully if at least one of these cases occurs: </para> - <itemizedlist> + <itemizedlist> <listitem> <para> User name is existing or User Name is invalid. </para> + </listitem> - <listitem> + <listitem> <para> Password has less than 6 characters. </para> + </listitem> - <listitem> + <listitem> <para> Password and Confirm Password are not the same. </para> + </listitem> - <listitem> + <listitem> <para> Email Address is invalid format. </para> + </listitem> - <listitem> + <listitem> <para> Required fields are empty. </para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </step> + </procedure> - <para> + <para> After adding a new account, contact with the administrator to get the confirmation. </para> - <note> + <note> <title>Email</title> - <para> + <para> You should enter your email address exactly because when you forget username or password, you can recover it by using this email address. </para> + </note> + </section> - - <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Basic_Actions_in_WCM-Sign_In"> + <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Basic_Actions_in_WCM-Sign_In"> <title>Sign In</title> - <para> + <para> This function allows you to go into WCM in the private mode. </para> - <procedure id="proc-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Sign_In-Sign_in"> + <procedure id="proc-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Sign_In-Sign_in"> <title>Sign in</title> - <step> + <step> <para> Go to the WCM in the public mode by inputting the URL in the address bar (e.g: <ulink type="http" url="http://localhost:8080//portal/public/classic/" />) </para> + </step> - <step> + <step> <para> Click the Login link at the top of the home page. The Sign in form will appear: </para> - <mediaobject> + <mediaobject> <imageobject role="html"> <imagedata align="center" fileref="images/signin.png" format="PNG" scale="90" width="444" /> </imageobject> - <imageobject role="fo"> + <imageobject role="fo"> <imagedata align="center" contentwidth="150mm" fileref="images/signin.png" format="PNG" width="444" /> </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </step> - <step> + <step> <para> Input your registered User name and Password. </para> + </step> - <step> + <step> <para> Click Sign in to accept, or Discard to exit the Sign in form. </para> - <table id="tabl-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Sign_in-Options"> + <table id="tabl-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Sign_in-Options"> <title>Options</title> - <tgroup cols="2"> + <tgroup cols="2"> <thead> <row> <entry> Option </entry> - <entry> + <entry> Information </entry> + </row> + </thead> - <tbody> + <tbody> <row> <entry> User name </entry> - <entry> + <entry> To input the registered username. </entry> + </row> - <row> + <row> <entry> Password </entry> - <entry> + <entry> To input the password of your username. </entry> + </row> - <row> + <row> <entry> Forgot your User Name/Password </entry> - <entry> + <entry> To retrieve the forgotten username or password when you forget. </entry> + </row> - <row> + <row> <entry> Sign in </entry> - <entry> + <entry> To sign into the eXo Portal with the inputted username and password. </entry> + </row> - <row> + <row> <entry> Discard </entry> - <entry> + <entry> To close the Sign In form without any changes. </entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </tgroup> + </table> - <para> + <para> In case the User Name does not exist or the inputted User name/Password is invalid, there will be an alert message that requires users to input right values. The page will be redirected to the private security check mode. </para> - <para> + <para> To login again, enter User Name and Password again. </para> + </step> + </procedure> - <para> + <para> After signing in, you will be redirected to the authenticated homepage: </para> - <mediaobject> + <mediaobject> <imageobject role="html"> <imagedata align="center" fileref="images/authhomepage.png" format="PNG" scale="90" width="444" /> </imageobject> - <imageobject role="fo"> + <imageobject role="fo"> <imagedata align="center" contentwidth="150mm" fileref="images/authhomepage.png" format="PNG" width="444" /> </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </section> - - <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Basic_Actions_in_WCM-Sign_Out"> + <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Basic_Actions_in_WCM-Sign_Out"> <title>Sign Out</title> - <para> + <para> The function lets you get back to the anonymous portal. It ends your current portal session. </para> - <para> + <para> To sign out, click the Logout link on the right access banner: </para> - <mediaobject> + <mediaobject> <imageobject role="html"> <imagedata align="center" fileref="images/accessbanner.png" format="PNG" scale="70" /> </imageobject> - <imageobject role="fo"> + <imageobject role="fo"> <imagedata align="center" contentwidth="150mm" fileref="images/accessbanner.png" format="PNG" /> </imageobject> + </mediaobject> - <para> + <para> or click the Start logo at the top left corner of the administration bar and select the Sign out form from the menu: </para> - <mediaobject> + <mediaobject> <imageobject role="html"> <imagedata align="center" fileref="images/startlogo.png" format="PNG" scale="100" /> </imageobject> - <imageobject role="fo"> + <imageobject role="fo"> <imagedata align="center" contentwidth="150mm" fileref="images/startlogo.png" format="PNG" /> </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </section> - - <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Basic_Actions_in_WCM-Retrieve_usernamepassword"> + <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Basic_Actions_in_WCM-Retrieve_usernamepassword"> <title>Retrieve username/password</title> - <para> + <para> In case you forget your account or password, you can recover by doing as follows: </para> - <procedure> + <procedure> <title></title> - <step> + <step> <para> Click the link <emphasis role="bold">Forget your User Name/Password?</emphasis> from the Sign in form. </para> - <para> + <para> This form offers two options: </para> - <mediaobject> + <mediaobject> <imageobject role="html"> <imagedata align="center" fileref="images/retrieve.png" format="PNG" scale="90" width="444" /> </imageobject> - <imageobject role="fo"> + <imageobject role="fo"> <imagedata align="center" contentwidth="150mm" fileref="images/retrieve.png" format="PNG" width="444" /> </imageobject> + </mediaobject> - <variablelist> + <variablelist> <varlistentry> <term>Forgot my password:</term> - <listitem> + <listitem> <para> If you forgot your password, you need to select this option. </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> + <varlistentry> <term>Forgot my username:</term> - <listitem> + <listitem> <para> If you forgot your username, you need to select this option. </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </step> - <step> + <step> <para> Select one of these two options in this form. The selected option will be shown: </para> - <para> + <para> If the <emphasis role="bold">Forgot my password</emphasis> option is selected: </para> - <mediaobject> + <mediaobject> <imageobject role="html"> <imagedata align="center" fileref="images/forgotpassword.png" format="PNG" scale="90" width="444" /> </imageobject> - <imageobject role="fo"> + <imageobject role="fo"> <imagedata align="center" contentwidth="150mm" fileref="images/forgotpassword.png" format="PNG" width="444" /> </imageobject> + </mediaobject> - <para> + <para> If the <emphasis role="bold">Forgot my username</emphasis> option is selected: </para> - <mediaobject> + <mediaobject> <imageobject role="html"> <imagedata align="center" fileref="images/forgotname.png" format="PNG" scale="90" width="444" /> </imageobject> - <imageobject role="fo"> + <imageobject role="fo"> <imagedata align="center" contentwidth="150mm" fileref="images/forgotname.png" format="PNG" width="444" /> </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </step> - <step> + <step> <para> Enter your username or email in the corresponding form. </para> + </step> - <step> + <step> <para> Click Send to send the inputted values. </para> - <para> + <para> Once information has been sent, you will receive an email with your User name/ Password in your email address registered by you. </para> - <itemizedlist> + <itemizedlist> <listitem> <para> If you forget User Name: when a username is retrieved, your old username is restored and can be reused and a new password is also sent to your email with the old username. </para> + </listitem> - <listitem> + <listitem> <para> If you forget old password: a new password will be set (as temporary, then you will be directed to change the password for the next time you sign in. </para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> - <note> + <note> <title>Temporary Credentials Validity</title> - <para> + <para> The Username/Password that you received only takes effect for 1 day. It means that if the period is over 1 day from the receipt date, you can not use the receipt username/password, so you will need to get another email active. </para> + </note> + </step> + </procedure> + + </section> - - <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Basic_Actions_in_WCM-Change_The_Display_Language"> + <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Basic_Actions_in_WCM-Change_The_Display_Language"> <title>Change The Display Language</title> - <para> + <para> The priority order of display language is shown to the following order: </para> - <orderedlist> + <orderedlist> <listitem> <para> User&#39;s language </para> + </listitem> - <listitem> + <listitem> <para> Browser&#39;s language </para> + </listitem> - <listitem> + <listitem> <para> Portal &#39;s language. </para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist> - <para> + <para> Thus, to display your preferred language, you should pay attention to this order to change the language type appropriately. </para> - <procedure> + <procedure> <title></title> - <step> + <step> <para> Click the Change Language link on the top left corner: </para> - <mediaobject> + <mediaobject> <imageobject role="html"> <imagedata align="center" fileref="images/startlogo.png" format="PNG" scale="70" /> </imageobject> - <imageobject role="fo"> + <imageobject role="fo"> <imagedata align="center" contentwidth="150mm" fileref="images/startlogo.png" format="PNG" /> </imageobject> + </mediaobject> - <para> + <para> The Interface Language Setting form appears: </para> - <mediaobject> + <mediaobject> <imageobject role="html"> <imagedata align="center" fileref="images/languagesetting.png" format="PNG" scale="90" width="444" /> </imageobject> - <imageobject role="fo"> + <imageobject role="fo"> <imagedata align="center" contentwidth="150mm" fileref="images/languagesetting.png" format="PNG" width="444" /> </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </step> - <step> + <step> <para> Select the another language in the list. The currently selected language will be marked with the <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="images/tickicon.png" format="PNG" /> </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject> icon. </para> + </step> - <step> + <step> <para> Click Apply to change the display language temporarily, and wait few seconds to take effect, or click Cancel to quit without any changes. </para> + </step> + </procedure> + + </section> - - <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Basic_Actions_in_WCM-Change_Account_Information"> + <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Basic_Actions_in_WCM-Change_Account_Information"> <title>Change Account Information</title> - <para> + <para> The function allows changing your account information. </para> - <para> + <para> To change account information do as follows: </para> - <procedure> + <procedure> <title></title> - <step> + <step> <para> Click directly on your own account name to open the Account Profiles tab which enables you to change your account profile or password. </para> - <mediaobject> + <mediaobject> <imageobject role="html"> <imagedata align="center" fileref="images/accountname.png" format="PNG" scale="90" width="444" /> </imageobject> - <imageobject role="fo"> + <imageobject role="fo"> <imagedata align="center" contentwidth="150mm" fileref="images/accountname.png" format="PNG" width="444" /> </imageobject> + </mediaobject> - <para> + <para> The Account Profiles tab will appear: </para> - <mediaobject> + <mediaobject> <imageobject role="html"> <imagedata align="center" fileref="images/accountprofile.png" format="PNG" scale="90" width="444" /> </imageobject> - <imageobject role="fo"> + <imageobject role="fo"> <imagedata align="center" contentwidth="150mm" fileref="images/accountprofile.png" format="PNG" width="444" /> </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </step> + </procedure> - <procedure id="proc-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Change_Account_Information-To_Change_Account_Profiles"> + <procedure id="proc-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Change_Account_Information-To_Change_Account_Profiles"> <title>To Change Account Profiles</title> - <step> + <step> <para> Select the Account Profiles tab. </para> - <para> + <para> This tab displays the current basic information of the user who has logged at the time. </para> + </step> - <step> + <step> <para> Change your First Name, Last Name, Email. You cannot change your User Name. </para> + </step> - <step> + <step> <para> Click Save to accept changes. </para> + </step> + </procedure> - <procedure id="proc-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Change_Account_Information-To_change_your_Password"> + <procedure id="proc-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Change_Account_Information-To_change_your_Password"> <title>To change your Password</title> - <step> + <step> <para> Select the Change Password tab. </para> - <mediaobject> + <mediaobject> <imageobject role="html"> <imagedata align="center" fileref="images/changepassword.png" format="PNG" scale="90" width="444" /> </imageobject> - <imageobject role="fo"> + <imageobject role="fo"> <imagedata align="center" contentwidth="150mm" fileref="images/changepassword.png" format="PNG" width="444" /> </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </step> - <step> + <step> <para> Input your current password to identify that you are the owner of this account. </para> + </step> - <step> + <step> <para> Input your new password, it must have at least 6 characters. </para> + </step> - <step> + <step> <para> Input your password again in the Confirm New Password field. </para> + </step> - <step> + <step> <para> Click Save to accept changes. </para> + </step> + </procedure> + + </section> - - <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Basic_Actions_in_WCM-Change_the_skin_of_the_current_site"> + <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Basic_Actions_in_WCM-Change_the_skin_of_the_current_site"> <title>Change the skin of the current site</title> - <para> + <para> The eXo skins are attractive user interface styles for displaying a portal. Each skin has its own characteristics with different backgrounds, icons, etc. In order to use easily and effectively, you are allowed to change the skin of the current site. </para> - <procedure> + <procedure> <title></title> - <step> + <step> <para> Select the Change Skin item in the menu that appears when you move the cursor to the logo at the upper left corner: </para> - <mediaobject> + <mediaobject> <imageobject role="html"> <imagedata align="center" fileref="images/startlogo.png" format="PNG" scale="90" /> </imageobject> - <imageobject role="fo"> + <imageobject role="fo"> <imagedata align="center" contentwidth="150mm" fileref="images/startlogo.png" format="PNG" /> </imageobject> + </mediaobject> - <para> + <para> The <emphasis role="bold">Skin Setting</emphasis> form appears. </para> - <mediaobject> + <mediaobject> <imageobject role="html"> <imagedata align="center" fileref="images/skinsetting.png" format="PNG" scale="90" width="444" /> </imageobject> - <imageobject role="fo"> + <imageobject role="fo"> <imagedata align="center" contentwidth="150mm" fileref="images/skinsetting.png" format="PNG" width="444" /> </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </step> - <step> + <step> <para> Select the skin you want by clicking its name. </para> + </step> - <step> + <step> <para> Click Apply and wait a few seconds to take affect. </para> + </step> + </procedure> + + </section> - - <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Basic_Actions_in_WCM-Print_a_Web_Content"> + <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Basic_Actions_in_WCM-Print_a_Web_Content"> <title>Print a Web Content</title> - <para> + <para> Users can easily print any content in a site by following these steps: </para> - <procedure> + <procedure> <title></title> - <step> + <step> <para> Click <emphasis role="bold">Read more</emphasis> to read all the content of a document or an article in a site. </para> - <mediaobject> + <mediaobject> <imageobject role="html"> <imagedata align="center" fileref="images/readmore.png" format="PNG" scale="100" width="444" /> </imageobject> - <imageobject role="fo"> + <imageobject role="fo"> <imagedata align="center" contentwidth="150mm" fileref="images/readmore.png" format="PNG" width="444" /> </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </step> - <step> + <step> <para> Click the Print button, the Print Preview page will be displayed on another tab. </para> - <mediaobject> + <mediaobject> <imageobject role="html"> <imagedata align="center" fileref="images/printpreview.png" format="PNG" scale="130" width="444" /> </imageobject> - <imageobject role="fo"> + <imageobject role="fo"> <imagedata align="center" contentwidth="150mm" fileref="images/printpreview.png" format="PNG" width="444" /> </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </step> - <step> + <step> <para> Click the <emphasis role="bold">Print</emphasis> button to print the content of this page or <emphasis role="bold">Close</emphasis> to close this tab without printing. </para> + </step> + </procedure> + + </section> + </section> + Modified: epp/docs/branches/EPP_5_1_Branch/Site_Publisher_User_Guide/en-US/modules/Usage/Categories.xml =================================================================== --- epp/docs/branches/EPP_5_1_Branch/Site_Publisher_User_Guide/en-US/modules/Usage/Categories.xml 2010-10-14 03:29:30 UTC (rev 4663) +++ epp/docs/branches/EPP_5_1_Branch/Site_Publisher_User_Guide/en-US/modules/Usage/Categories.xml 2010-10-14 07:23:45 UTC (rev 4664) @@ -5,7 +5,9 @@ ]> <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Categories"> <title>Categories</title> - <para> + <para> + </para> </section> + Modified: epp/docs/branches/EPP_5_1_Branch/Site_Publisher_User_Guide/en-US/modules/Usage/FastContentCreator.xml =================================================================== --- epp/docs/branches/EPP_5_1_Branch/Site_Publisher_User_Guide/en-US/modules/Usage/FastContentCreator.xml 2010-10-14 03:29:30 UTC (rev 4663) +++ epp/docs/branches/EPP_5_1_Branch/Site_Publisher_User_Guide/en-US/modules/Usage/FastContentCreator.xml 2010-10-14 07:23:45 UTC (rev 4664) @@ -5,7 +5,9 @@ ]> <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Fast_Content_Creator"> <title>Fast Content Creator</title> - <para> + <para> + </para> </section> + Modified: epp/docs/branches/EPP_5_1_Branch/Site_Publisher_User_Guide/en-US/modules/Usage/FormGenerator.xml =================================================================== --- epp/docs/branches/EPP_5_1_Branch/Site_Publisher_User_Guide/en-US/modules/Usage/FormGenerator.xml 2010-10-14 03:29:30 UTC (rev 4663) +++ epp/docs/branches/EPP_5_1_Branch/Site_Publisher_User_Guide/en-US/modules/Usage/FormGenerator.xml 2010-10-14 07:23:45 UTC (rev 4664) @@ -5,7 +5,9 @@ ]> <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Form_Generator"> <title>Form Generator</title> - <para> + <para> + </para> </section> + Modified: epp/docs/branches/EPP_5_1_Branch/Site_Publisher_User_Guide/en-US/modules/Usage/Newsletters.xml =================================================================== --- epp/docs/branches/EPP_5_1_Branch/Site_Publisher_User_Guide/en-US/modules/Usage/Newsletters.xml 2010-10-14 03:29:30 UTC (rev 4663) +++ epp/docs/branches/EPP_5_1_Branch/Site_Publisher_User_Guide/en-US/modules/Usage/Newsletters.xml 2010-10-14 07:23:45 UTC (rev 4664) @@ -5,7 +5,9 @@ ]> <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Newsletters"> <title>Newsletters</title> - <para> + <para> + </para> </section> + Modified: epp/docs/branches/EPP_5_1_Branch/Site_Publisher_User_Guide/en-US/modules/Usage/Publish.xml =================================================================== --- epp/docs/branches/EPP_5_1_Branch/Site_Publisher_User_Guide/en-US/modules/Usage/Publish.xml 2010-10-14 03:29:30 UTC (rev 4663) +++ epp/docs/branches/EPP_5_1_Branch/Site_Publisher_User_Guide/en-US/modules/Usage/Publish.xml 2010-10-14 07:23:45 UTC (rev 4664) @@ -5,7 +5,9 @@ ]> <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-How_to_Publish_a_Site"> <title>How to Publish a Site</title> - <para> + <para> + </para> </section> + Modified: epp/docs/branches/EPP_5_1_Branch/Site_Publisher_User_Guide/en-US/modules/Usage/Sites.xml =================================================================== --- epp/docs/branches/EPP_5_1_Branch/Site_Publisher_User_Guide/en-US/modules/Usage/Sites.xml 2010-10-14 03:29:30 UTC (rev 4663) +++ epp/docs/branches/EPP_5_1_Branch/Site_Publisher_User_Guide/en-US/modules/Usage/Sites.xml 2010-10-14 07:23:45 UTC (rev 4664) @@ -5,551 +5,633 @@ ]> <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Set_Up_a_Website"> <title>Set Up a Website</title> - <para> + <para> In DMS, we use the &#39;Website&#39; term equally to the &#39;Portal&#39; term. It means that creating a new portal is creating a new website. Thus, you can also edit, delete, view a website as a portal. </para> - <para> + <para> Besides, DMS also supports webmasters/ administrators to manage websites better. </para> - <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Set_Up_a_Website-Create_a_new_site"> + <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Set_Up_a_Website-Create_a_new_site"> <title>Create a new site</title> - <para> + <para> This function allows you to create a site (portal) to meet your own needs. </para> - <para> + <para> Do as follows: </para> - <procedure> + <procedure> <title></title> - <step> + <step> <para> Click Site on the administration bar. </para> - <mediaobject> + <mediaobject> <imageobject role="html"> <imagedata align="center" fileref="images/site.png" format="PNG" scale="90" width="444" /> </imageobject> - <imageobject role="fo"> + <imageobject role="fo"> <imagedata align="center" contentwidth="150mm" fileref="images/site.png" format="PNG" width="444" /> </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </step> - <step> + <step> <para> A list of existing portals will be listed. Click the Add New Portal button to open the Add new portal form: </para> - <mediaobject> + <mediaobject> <imageobject role="html"> <imagedata align="center" fileref="images/portallist.png" format="PNG" scale="110" width="444" /> </imageobject> - <imageobject role="fo"> + <imageobject role="fo"> <imagedata align="center" contentwidth="150mm" fileref="images/portallist.png" format="PNG" width="444" /> </imageobject> + </mediaobject> - <para> + <para> The add new portal form appears: </para> - <mediaobject> + <mediaobject> <imageobject role="html"> <imagedata align="center" fileref="images/newportal.png" format="PNG" scale="90" width="444" /> </imageobject> - <imageobject role="fo"> + <imageobject role="fo"> <imagedata align="center" contentwidth="150mm" fileref="images/newportal.png" format="PNG" width="444" /> </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </step> - <step> + <step> <para> In the Portal Template tab, select Classic Portal or ACME Template for the new portal. </para> + </step> - <step> + <step> <para> Click the Portal Setting tab to set some properties for this site: </para> - <mediaobject> + <mediaobject> <imageobject role="html"> <imagedata align="center" fileref="images/portalsettings.png" format="PNG" scale="90" width="444" /> </imageobject> - <imageobject role="fo"> + <imageobject role="fo"> <imagedata align="center" contentwidth="150mm" fileref="images/portalsettings.png" format="PNG" width="444" /> </imageobject> + </mediaobject> - <para> + <para> (*): required </para> - <table id="tabl-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Create_a_new_site-Details"> + <table id="tabl-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Create_a_new_site-Details"> <title>Details:</title> - <tgroup cols="2"> + <tgroup cols="2"> <thead> <row> <entry> Field </entry> - <entry> + <entry> Information </entry> + </row> + </thead> - <tbody> + <tbody> <row> <entry> Portal name </entry> - <entry> + <entry> The name of the portal. This field is required and must be unique. Only alphabet, numbers and underscore characters are allowed. The Portal name must be at least 3 characters </entry> + </row> - <row> + <row> <entry> Locale </entry> - <entry> + <entry> The interface language of the portal. This field is required </entry> + </row> - <row> + <row> <entry> Skin </entry> - <entry> + <entry> The skin of the portal. </entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </tgroup> + </table> + </step> - <step> + <step> <para> Keep session alive by clicking the <emphasis role="bold">Properties</emphasis> tab. </para> - <para> + <para> The Keep session alive option means keeping the working session for a long time to avoid the working time out. There are 3 options: </para> - <variablelist> + <variablelist> <varlistentry> <term>never:</term> - <listitem> + <listitem> <para> it never happens even if the application requests </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> + <varlistentry> <term>on demand:</term> - <listitem> + <listitem> <para> it starts to be used as soon as the application requests </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> + <varlistentry> <term>always:</term> - <listitem> + <listitem> <para> it&#39;s always enabled (which has a cost but the administrator will be aware of that) </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> - <mediaobject> + <mediaobject> <imageobject role="html"> <imagedata align="center" fileref="images/portalproperties.png" format="PNG" scale="90" width="444" /> </imageobject> - <imageobject role="fo"> + <imageobject role="fo"> <imagedata align="center" contentwidth="150mm" fileref="images/portalproperties.png" format="PNG" width="444" /> </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </step> - <step> + <step> <para> Set access and edit permission for this portal by clicking the <emphasis role="bold">Permission Setting</emphasis> tab. </para> - <!-- Doc Note: The content from this point until the next comment 'END' should probably be moved to a breakout explanation. Having it in the middle of a procedure breaks the flow of the steps. --> <para> + <!-- Doc Note: The content from this point until the next comment 'END' should probably be moved to a breakout explanation. Having it in the middle of a procedure breaks the flow of the steps. --> <para> The <emphasis role="bold">Permission Setting</emphasis> tab includes two subtabs: <emphasis role="bold">Access Permission Setting</emphasis> and <emphasis role="bold">Edit Permission Setting</emphasis>. </para> - <variablelist> + <variablelist> <varlistentry> <term>Access Permission Setting tab</term> - <listitem> + <listitem> <para> By default, the access permission list of the portal is empty: </para> - <mediaobject> + <mediaobject> <imageobject role="html"> <imagedata align="center" fileref="images/accesspermission.png" format="PNG" scale="90" width="444" /> </imageobject> - <imageobject role="fo"> + <imageobject role="fo"> <imagedata align="center" contentwidth="150mm" fileref="images/accesspermission.png" format="PNG" width="444" /> </imageobject> + </mediaobject> - <para> + <para> You can assign the access permission to everyone by checking the Make it public check box, or clicking the Add Permission button to assign the access permission to a specific group which is selected from the Select Permissions form (By selecting a group on the left and a corresponding membership on the right): </para> - <para> + <para> After selecting groups, the access permission list is displayed: </para> - <mediaobject> + <mediaobject> <imageobject role="html"> <imagedata align="center" fileref="images/permissionlist.png" format="PNG" scale="90" width="444" /> </imageobject> - <imageobject role="fo"> + <imageobject role="fo"> <imagedata align="center" contentwidth="150mm" fileref="images/permissionlist.png" format="PNG" width="444" /> </imageobject> + </mediaobject> - <para> + <para> In which, the <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="images/trashicon.png" format="PNG" /> </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject> icon is to remove its corresponding group from the Access Permission list. </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> + <varlistentry> <term>Edit Permission Setting</term> - <listitem> + <listitem> <para> By default, it is also empty and you have to assign the edit permission to a specific group. </para> - <mediaobject> + <mediaobject> <imageobject role="html"> <imagedata align="center" fileref="images/editpermission.png" format="PNG" scale="90" width="444" /> </imageobject> - <imageobject role="fo"> + <imageobject role="fo"> <imagedata align="center" contentwidth="150mm" fileref="images/editpermission.png" format="PNG" width="444" /> </imageobject> + </mediaobject> - <para> + <para> You can assign the edit permission to a group with a specific membership by clicking the Select Permission button in the Edit Permission Setting tab to open the Permission Selector form. Select a group on the left panel and a corresponding membership on the right panel: </para> - <mediaobject> + <mediaobject> <imageobject role="html"> <imagedata align="center" fileref="images/permissionselector.png" format="PNG" scale="90" width="444" /> </imageobject> - <imageobject role="fo"> + <imageobject role="fo"> <imagedata align="center" contentwidth="150mm" fileref="images/permissionselector.png" format="PNG" width="444" /> </imageobject> + </mediaobject> - <para> + <para> The (<emphasis role="bold">*</emphasis>) from the Select a Membership panel means that you assign the right for everyone in the selected group from left panel. </para> - <para> + <para> After selecting a group, the Current Permission will be displayed with detailed information: </para> - <mediaobject> + <mediaobject> <imageobject role="html"> <imagedata align="center" fileref="images/currentpermission.png" format="PNG" scale="90" width="444" /> </imageobject> - <imageobject role="fo"> + <imageobject role="fo"> <imagedata align="center" contentwidth="150mm" fileref="images/currentpermission.png" format="PNG" width="444" /> </imageobject> + </mediaobject> - <para> + <para> The edit permission is assigned for only one group at one time. You can click the Delete Permission button to remove the current edit permission of the selected group or re–assign the edit permission to the another group by re-clicking the Select Permission button and select another group. </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> - <!-- END --> + <!-- END --> </step> - <step> + <step> <para> Click Save to accept creating a new portal. </para> + </step> + </procedure> - <para> + <para> After creating a new site, a list of the existing sites will be displayed on the screen. This new site will be added in the exiting sites in Site on the administration bar and concurrently in a drive that includes all its default files. </para> - <para> + <para> To see it in the drive, click Group | Sites Explorer | Drive on the administrator bar. </para> - <mediaobject> + <mediaobject> <imageobject role="html"> <imagedata align="center" fileref="images/sitesexplorer.png" format="PNG" scale="100" /> </imageobject> - <imageobject role="fo"> + <imageobject role="fo"> <imagedata align="center" contentwidth="150mm" fileref="images/sitesexplorer.png" format="PNG" /> </imageobject> + </mediaobject> - <para> + <para> For example, after creating a portal named &#39;eXo&#39;, there is a drive named &#39;eXo&#39; in Sites Explorer: </para> - <mediaobject> + <mediaobject> <imageobject role="html"> <imagedata align="center" fileref="images/exosite.png" format="PNG" scale="130" width="444" /> </imageobject> - <imageobject role="fo"> + <imageobject role="fo"> <imagedata align="center" contentwidth="150mm" fileref="images/exosite.png" format="PNG" width="444" /> </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </section> - - <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Set_Up_a_Website-Edit_a_Site"> + <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Set_Up_a_Website-Edit_a_Site"> <title>Edit a Site</title> - <para> + <para> This function helps you edit a site (portal). In addition to editing properties (setting, access/edit permission) of a site like a portal, you also may edit the layout components of that site. </para> - <para> + <para> You have two modes: </para> - <variablelist> + <variablelist> <varlistentry> <term>View Mode:</term> - <listitem> + <listitem> <para> in this mode, you only can view the current portal (site) without editing the layout components of the site. When you sign in, by default, the mode of your site will be the view mode. This mode is the &#39;off&#39; status of the edit mode. </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> + <varlistentry> <term>Edit Mode:</term> - <listitem> + <listitem> <para> in this mode, you are either view or edit layout components of the current portal. </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> - <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Edit_a_Site-Turn_on_the_Edit_Mode_of_the_Site"> + <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Edit_a_Site-Turn_on_the_Edit_Mode_of_the_Site"> <title>Turn on the Edit Mode of the Site</title> - <para> + <para> After signing in, you will see two statuses (Live/Edit) of the edit mode on the Administration bar. By default, the status is &#39;Live&#39;. It means that you only view the current site without editing the layout component of the site: </para> - <mediaobject> + <mediaobject> <imageobject role="html"> <imagedata align="center" fileref="images/portalmode.png" format="PNG" scale="120" width="444" /> </imageobject> - <imageobject role="fo"> + <imageobject role="fo"> <imagedata align="center" contentwidth="150mm" fileref="images/portalmode.png" format="PNG" width="444" /> </imageobject> + </mediaobject> - <para> + <para> To switch between two statuses “Live” and “Edit”, just click <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="images/droparrowicon.png" format="PNG" /> </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject> to open the status list and select the mode you want: </para> - <mediaobject> + <mediaobject> <imageobject role="html"> <imagedata align="center" fileref="images/modes.png" format="PNG" scale="60" /> </imageobject> - <imageobject role="fo"> + <imageobject role="fo"> <imagedata align="center" contentwidth="150mm" fileref="images/modes.png" format="PNG" /> </imageobject> + </mediaobject> - <para> + <para> When your site is switched to the edit mode you are able to directly edit any components of your site: </para> - <mediaobject> + <mediaobject> <imageobject role="html"> <imagedata align="center" fileref="images/portaleditmode.png" format="PNG" scale="110" width="444" /> </imageobject> - <imageobject role="fo"> + <imageobject role="fo"> <imagedata align="center" contentwidth="150mm" fileref="images/portaleditmode.png" format="PNG" width="444" /> </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </section> - - <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Edit_a_Site-The_structure_of_a_site_interface"> + <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Edit_a_Site-The_structure_of_a_site_interface"> <title>The structure of a site interface</title> - <para> + <para> The interface of a site can be divided into five parts like the illustration below and each part is a single content viewer so that it also includes all default elements of a web content. </para> - <mediaobjectco> <imageobjectco> <areaspec> + <mediaobjectco> <imageobjectco> <areaspec> <area coords="" id="area-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Edit_a_Site-The_structure_of_a_site_interface-administration" /> - <area coords="" id="area-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Edit_a_Site-The_structure_of_a_site_interface-banner" /> - <area coords="" id="area-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Edit_a_Site-The_structure_of_a_site_interface-navigation" /> - <area coords="" id="area-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Edit_a_Site-The_structure_of_a_site_interface-content" /> - <area coords="" id="area-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Edit_a_Site-The_structure_of_a_site_interface-footer" /> + <area coords="" id="area-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Edit_a_Site-The_structure_of_a_site_interface-banner" /> + <area coords="" id="area-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Edit_a_Site-The_structure_of_a_site_interface-navigation" /> + <area coords="" id="area-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Edit_a_Site-The_structure_of_a_site_interface-content" /> + <area coords="" id="area-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Edit_a_Site-The_structure_of_a_site_interface-footer" /> + </areaspec> - <imageobject> + <imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="images/sitestructure.png" format="PNG" scale="110" width="444" /> </imageobject> - <calloutlist> + <calloutlist> <callout arearefs="area-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Edit_a_Site-The_structure_of_a_site_interface-administration"> <para> This is Administration bar which contains some administration functions related to portals (websites). </para> + </callout> - <callout arearefs="area-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Edit_a_Site-The_structure_of_a_site_interface-banner"> + <callout arearefs="area-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Edit_a_Site-The_structure_of_a_site_interface-banner"> <para> This is Banner which contains organization&#39;s slogan, logo, icon used in websites. </para> + </callout> - <callout arearefs="area-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Edit_a_Site-The_structure_of_a_site_interface-navigation"> + <callout arearefs="area-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Edit_a_Site-The_structure_of_a_site_interface-navigation"> <para> This is Navigation bar that helps the website&#39; s users to visualize the structure of website and provide quick links to different pages. </para> + </callout> - <callout arearefs="area-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Edit_a_Site-The_structure_of_a_site_interface-content"> + <callout arearefs="area-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Edit_a_Site-The_structure_of_a_site_interface-content"> <para> This is the page content area to display the content of current selecting page </para> + </callout> - <callout arearefs="area-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Edit_a_Site-The_structure_of_a_site_interface-footer"> + <callout arearefs="area-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Edit_a_Site-The_structure_of_a_site_interface-footer"> <para> This is Footer of the web site. It can be texts, or image that is displayed at the bottom of the web site. It provides information about author/institutional sponsor, revision date, copyright, etc. </para> + </callout> + </calloutlist> - </imageobjectco></mediaobjectco> + </imageobjectco></mediaobjectco> </section> - - <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Edit_a_Site-How_to_edit_a_Site"> + <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Edit_a_Site-How_to_edit_a_Site"> <title>How to edit a Site</title> - <para> + <para> To edit a site, do the following steps: </para> - <procedure id="proc-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-How_to_edit_a_Site-Edit_the_properties_of_the_Website"> + <procedure id="proc-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-How_to_edit_a_Site-Edit_the_properties_of_the_Website"> <title>Edit the properties of the Website:</title> - <step> + <step> <para> Show the form to edit the current site by clicking Site Editor on the administration bar, then select <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="images/editlayouticon.png" format="PNG" /> </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject> . </para> - <mediaobject> + <mediaobject> <imageobject role="html"> <imagedata align="center" fileref="images/editlayout.png" format="PNG" scale="100" width="444" /> </imageobject> - <imageobject role="fo"> + <imageobject role="fo"> <imagedata align="center" contentwidth="150mm" fileref="images/editlayout.png" format="PNG" width="444" /> </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </step> - <step> + <step> <para> The form to edit the current portal will appear. </para> - <mediaobject> + <mediaobject> <imageobject role="html"> <imagedata align="center" fileref="images/editportalform.png" format="PNG" scale="110" width="444" /> </imageobject> - <imageobject role="fo"> + <imageobject role="fo"> <imagedata align="center" contentwidth="150mm" fileref="images/editportalform.png" format="PNG" width="444" /> </imageobject> + </mediaobject> - <para> + <para> To edit the properties of the current portal, use one of icons below: </para> - <table> + <table> <title></title> - <tgroup cols="2"> + <tgroup cols="2"> <thead> <row> <entry> Indicator </entry> - <entry> + <entry> Meaning </entry> + </row> + </thead> - <tbody> + <tbody> <row> <entry> <mediaobject> <imageobject role="html"> <imagedata align="center" fileref="images/portalpropertiesbutton.png" format="PNG" scale="100" /> </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </entry> - <entry> + <entry> <emphasis role="bold">Portal Properties</emphasis>: allows editing the portal&#39;s properties </entry> + </row> - <row> + <row> <entry> <mediaobject> <imageobject role="html"> <imagedata align="center" fileref="images/switchviewbutton.png" format="PNG" scale="100" /> </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </entry> - <entry> + <entry> <emphasis role="bold">Switch View Mode</emphasis>: allows turning on the view mode </entry> + </row> - <row> + <row> <entry> <mediaobject> <imageobject role="html"> <imagedata align="center" fileref="images/finishbutton.png" format="PNG" scale="100" /> </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </entry> - <entry> + <entry> <emphasis role="bold">Finish</emphasis>: allows saving all changes and escaping the Edit page </entry> + </row> - <row> + <row> <entry> <mediaobject> <imageobject role="html"> <imagedata align="center" fileref="images/abortbutton.png" format="PNG" scale="100" /> </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </entry> - <entry> + <entry> <emphasis role="bold">Abort</emphasis>: allows canceling all changes that have not been saved and quitting the Edit page </entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </tgroup> + </table> + </step> + </procedure> - <formalpara id="form-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-How_to_edit_a_Site-The_layout_of_Edit_Website"> + <formalpara id="form-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-How_to_edit_a_Site-The_layout_of_Edit_Website"> <title>The layout of Edit Website:</title> - <para> + <para> You can only edit a banner, a navigation bar, a breadcrumb bar, a homepage and a footer of a website. </para> + </formalpara> - <procedure id="proc-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-How_to_edit_a_Site-Edit_Banner"> + <procedure id="proc-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-How_to_edit_a_Site-Edit_Banner"> <title>Edit Banner</title> - <step> + <step> <para> In WCM, the banner is divided into two parts: a left banner and a right banner. You can edit both of them. </para> - <para> + <para> Show the form to edit a banner by: </para> - <itemizedlist> + <itemizedlist> <listitem> <para> Switch on the Edit Status on the homepage and click the edit button on the homepage as this illustration below: </para> - <mediaobject> + <mediaobject> <imageobject role="html"> <imagedata align="center" fileref="images/editstatus.png" format="PNG" scale="100" width="444" /> </imageobject> - <imageobject role="fo"> + <imageobject role="fo"> <imagedata align="center" contentwidth="150mm" fileref="images/editstatus.png" format="PNG" width="444" /> </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> - <para> + <para> or </para> - <itemizedlist> + <itemizedlist> <listitem> <para> Click the @@ -557,156 +639,177 @@ <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="images/editicon.png" format="PNG" /> </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject> icon at the right corner of the classic - banner portlet (for the left banner) or classic- access portlet (for the right banner) in the Edit Portal form. </para> - <mediaobject> + <mediaobject> <imageobject role="html"> <imagedata align="center" fileref="images/editbanner.png" format="PNG" scale="100" width="444" /> </imageobject> - <imageobject role="fo"> + <imageobject role="fo"> <imagedata align="center" contentwidth="150mm" fileref="images/editbanner.png" format="PNG" width="444" /> </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> - <para> + <para> A form to edit the current banner will appear: </para> - <mediaobject> + <mediaobject> <imageobject role="html"> <imagedata align="center" fileref="images/leftbanner.png" format="PNG" scale="110" width="444" /> </imageobject> - <imageobject role="fo"> + <imageobject role="fo"> <imagedata align="center" contentwidth="150mm" fileref="images/leftbanner.png" format="PNG" width="444" /> </imageobject> - <caption> <para> + <caption> <para> Edit Left Banner </para> - </caption> + </caption> </mediaobject> - <mediaobject> + <mediaobject> <imageobject role="html"> <imagedata align="center" fileref="images/rightbanner.png" format="PNG" scale="110" width="444" /> </imageobject> - <imageobject role="fo"> + <imageobject role="fo"> <imagedata align="center" contentwidth="150mm" fileref="images/rightbanner.png" format="PNG" width="444" /> </imageobject> - <caption> <para> + <caption> <para> Edit Right Banner </para> - </caption> + </caption> </mediaobject> - <table> + <table> <title></title> - <tgroup cols="2"> + <tgroup cols="2"> <thead> <row> <entry> Field </entry> - <entry> + <entry> Information </entry> + </row> + </thead> - <tbody> + <tbody> <row> <entry> Name </entry> - <entry> + <entry> The default name of the banner. You can not change this value. </entry> + </row> - <row> + <row> <entry> Title </entry> - <entry> + <entry> The title of the banner. This field is required. </entry> + </row> - <row> + <row> <entry> Main Content </entry> - <entry> + <entry> The main displaying content of the banner. </entry> + </row> - <row> + <row> <entry> Save Draft </entry> - <entry> + <entry> Allow to save the current content as draft. </entry> + </row> - <row> + <row> <entry> Fast Publish </entry> - <entry> + <entry> Allow to publish immediately. </entry> + </row> - <row> + <row> <entry> Preference </entry> - <entry> + <entry> Allow to set some property for the web content. </entry> + </row> - <row> + <row> <entry> Close </entry> - <entry> + <entry> Close this form. </entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </tgroup> + </table> + </step> - <step> + <step> <para> Change values in the <emphasis role="bold">Main Content</emphasis> tab of the edit banner form to edit the web site&#39;s banner. </para> + </step> - <step> + <step> <para> Complete editing the site&#39;s banner and publish the content on the banner by clicking the <emphasis role="bold">Fast Publish</emphasis> button. </para> + </step> - <step> + <step> <para> If you just want to save the edited content as a draft, click <emphasis role="bold">Save Draft</emphasis>. </para> + </step> - <step> + <step> <para> To set some properties for the current content, click the <emphasis role="bold">Preferences</emphasis> button. The <emphasis role="bold">Setting</emphasis> form will appear as you can see below. Change the information in this form and then click <emphasis role="bold">Save</emphasis> to save settings. </para> - <mediaobject> + <mediaobject> <imageobject role="html"> <imagedata align="center" fileref="images/webcontentpreference.png" format="PNG" scale="110" width="444" /> </imageobject> - <imageobject role="fo"> + <imageobject role="fo"> <imagedata align="center" contentwidth="150mm" fileref="images/webcontentpreference.png" format="PNG" width="444" /> </imageobject> + </mediaobject> - <!-- Doc Note: The content from this point until the next comment 'END' should probably be moved to a breakout explanation. Having it in the middle of a procedure breaks the flow of the steps. --> <itemizedlist> + <!-- Doc Note: The content from this point until the next comment 'END' should probably be moved to a breakout explanation. Having it in the middle of a procedure breaks the flow of the steps. --> <itemizedlist> <listitem> <para> The <emphasis role="bold">Permission manager</emphasis> tab is used to set the edit and access permission for this content: </para> - <para> + <para> By default, when creating a new web content, all users can access but only &#39;<literal>root</literal>&#39; and users of <literal>*:/platform/administrators</literal> group can edit the web content. In addition, you also can change these permission by doing as follows: </para> - <procedure> + <procedure> <step> <para> Edit the current permission of a group/user in the <emphasis role="bold">Permission</emphasis> table by clicking the @@ -714,309 +817,363 @@ <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="images/editicon2.png" format="PNG" /> </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject> icon corresponding to that group/user. Then change the current permission by checking check boxes in the edit form below: </para> - <mediaobject> + <mediaobject> <imageobject role="html"> <imagedata align="center" fileref="images/permissionrights.png" format="PNG" scale="60" /> </imageobject> - <imageobject role="fo"> + <imageobject role="fo"> <imagedata align="center" contentwidth="150mm" fileref="images/permissionrights.png" format="PNG" /> </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </step> - <step> + <step> <para> Or you can add new groups into the Permission table: </para> - <para> + <para> Select the <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="images/usericon.png" format="PNG" /> </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject> icon if you want to set permission for a user: The User selector form will appear. Select a user in the list by clicking the <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="images/greentick.png" format="PNG" /> </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject> icon. </para> - <mediaobject> + <mediaobject> <imageobject role="html"> <imagedata align="center" fileref="images/userselector.png" format="PNG" scale="90" width="444" /> </imageobject> - <imageobject role="fo"> + <imageobject role="fo"> <imagedata align="center" contentwidth="150mm" fileref="images/userselector.png" format="PNG" width="444" /> </imageobject> + </mediaobject> - <para> + <para> Select the <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="images/grouppermission.png" format="PNG" /> </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject> icon if you want to set permission for a group. The <emphasis role="bold">Group selector</emphasis> form will appear. Select a group on the left and then select one corresponding membership on the right. </para> - <mediaobject> + <mediaobject> <imageobject role="html"> <imagedata align="center" fileref="images/groupselector.png" format="PNG" scale="100" width="444" /> </imageobject> - <imageobject role="fo"> + <imageobject role="fo"> <imagedata align="center" contentwidth="150mm" fileref="images/groupselector.png" format="PNG" width="444" /> </imageobject> + </mediaobject> - <para> + <para> Select the <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="images/alluserpermission.png" format="PNG" /> </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject> icon if you want to set permission for all users. </para> - <para> + <para> After selecting users/groups, set permission for these users/groups by checking the <emphasis role="bold">Access Right</emphasis> check box (for only the access right) or the <emphasis role="bold">Edit Right</emphasis> check box (for only the edit right) or checking both check boxes if you want. </para> + </step> - <step> + <step> <para> Accept and save permissions by clicking <emphasis role="bold">Save</emphasis>. </para> + </step> + </procedure> - <!-- END --> + <!-- END --> </listitem> - <listitem> + <listitem> <para> The <emphasis role="bold">Configuration for Single content viewer</emphasis> tab includes: </para> - <mediaobject> + <mediaobject> <imageobject role="html"> <imagedata align="center" fileref="images/singlecontentviewer.png" format="PNG" scale="110" width="444" /> </imageobject> - <imageobject role="fo"> + <imageobject role="fo"> <imagedata align="center" contentwidth="150mm" fileref="images/singlecontentviewer.png" format="PNG" width="444" /> </imageobject> + </mediaobject> - <table> + <table> <title></title> - <tgroup cols="2"> + <tgroup cols="2"> <thead> <row> <entry> Option </entry> - <entry> + <entry> Information </entry> + </row> + </thead> - <tbody> + <tbody> <row> <entry> Show title </entry> - <entry> + <entry> The option is whether to show the title of this content or not </entry> + </row> - <row> + <row> <entry> Show print </entry> - <entry> + <entry> The option is whether to show the print function or not. </entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </tgroup> + </table> + </listitem> - <listitem> + <listitem> <para> The <emphasis role="bold">Illustration</emphasis> tab in the Web Content form: </para> - <mediaobject> + <mediaobject> <imageobject role="html"> <imagedata align="center" fileref="images/illustrationtab.png" format="PNG" scale="90" width="444" /> </imageobject> - <imageobject role="fo"> + <imageobject role="fo"> <imagedata align="center" contentwidth="150mm" fileref="images/illustrationtab.png" format="PNG" width="444" /> </imageobject> + </mediaobject> - <table> + <table> <title></title> - <tgroup cols="2"> + <tgroup cols="2"> <thead> <row> <entry> Field </entry> - <entry> + <entry> Information </entry> + </row> + </thead> - <tbody> + <tbody> <row> <entry> Illustration Image </entry> - <entry> + <entry> The path to an image that you want to upload into the site. This image will be used like an illustration of that site. </entry> + </row> - <row> + <row> <entry> Image Type </entry> - <entry> + <entry> The image format that you want to upload to the site. The image file format can be gif, png, jpg or jpeg. </entry> + </row> - <row> + <row> <entry> Summary </entry> - <entry> + <entry> You can give a short description about the web content because it will be displayed with illustration image when the web content is listed. The main content will be show when it is selected to be viewed. </entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </tgroup> + </table> - <para> + <para> To upload an image to the site: </para> - <itemizedlist> + <itemizedlist> <listitem> <para> Browse an image list on your local computer by clicking the Browse... button and then select a specific location. </para> + </listitem> - <listitem> + <listitem> <para> Select an image in the list to upload. </para> + </listitem> - <listitem> + <listitem> <para> The Advanced tab: </para> - <para> + <para> This tab includes two parts: CSS data and JS data: </para> - <variablelist> + <variablelist> <varlistentry> <term>CSS Data:</term> - <listitem> + <listitem> <para> Contains CSS definition to present data in a web content. You can optionally enter CSS data into this field to specify the style. </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> + <varlistentry> <term>JS data:</term> - <listitem> + <listitem> <para> It contains JS content to make the web content dynamically when being published. You can optionally enter JS content in this field. </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> - <mediaobject> + <mediaobject> <imageobject role="html"> <imagedata align="center" fileref="images/advancedtab.png" format="PNG" scale="90" width="444" /> </imageobject> - <imageobject role="fo"> + <imageobject role="fo"> <imagedata align="center" contentwidth="150mm" fileref="images/advancedtab.png" format="PNG" width="444" /> </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </step> + </procedure> - <procedure id="proc-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-How_to_edit_a_Site-Edit_Homepage"> + <procedure id="proc-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-How_to_edit_a_Site-Edit_Homepage"> <title>Edit Homepage</title> - <step> + <step> <para> WCM helps you edit the main content displayed in the home page of a web site. </para> - <para> + <para> Do the following steps: </para> + </step> - <step> + <step> <para> Show a form to edit the home page by clicking the <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="images/editicon3.png" format="PNG" /> </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject> icon at the right corner of the home page: </para> - <mediaobject> + <mediaobject> <imageobject role="html"> <imagedata align="center" fileref="images/edithomepage.png" format="PNG" scale="110" width="444" /> </imageobject> - <imageobject role="fo"> + <imageobject role="fo"> <imagedata align="center" contentwidth="150mm" fileref="images/edithomepage.png" format="PNG" width="444" /> </imageobject> + </mediaobject> - <para> + <para> The Web content form allows you to edit the main content in the home page: </para> - <mediaobject> + <mediaobject> <imageobject role="html"> <imagedata align="center" fileref="images/webcontentform.png" format="PNG" scale="110" width="444" /> </imageobject> - <imageobject role="fo"> + <imageobject role="fo"> <imagedata align="center" contentwidth="150mm" fileref="images/webcontentform.png" format="PNG" width="444" /> </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </step> - <step> + <step> <para> Change values in this form. </para> + </step> - <step> + <step> <para> Click the <emphasis role="bold">Fast Publish</emphasis> button to accept changes and publish them on the home page, or click the <emphasis role="bold">Save Draft</emphasis> button to save the edited content as a draft. </para> + </step> - <step> + <step> <para> To set more properties for this content, click the <emphasis role="bold">Preference</emphasis> button. </para> + </step> + </procedure> - <procedure id="proc-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-How_to_edit_a_Site-Edit_Footer"> + <procedure id="proc-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-How_to_edit_a_Site-Edit_Footer"> <title>Edit Footer</title> - <step> + <step> <para> This function supports you to change the footer of the site. </para> - <para> + <para> Do the following steps: </para> + </step> - <step> + <step> <para> Show the form to edit the footer of the current site in two following ways: </para> - <itemizedlist> + <itemizedlist> <listitem> <para> Click the @@ -1024,138 +1181,166 @@ <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="images/editicon.png" format="PNG" /> </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject> icon at the right corner of the footer portlet. The form to edit the current footer will appear. </para> + </listitem> - <listitem> + <listitem> <para> Click the <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="images/editicon3.png" format="PNG" /> </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject> icon at the right corner of the site&#39;s footer. </para> - <mediaobject> + <mediaobject> <imageobject role="html"> <imagedata align="center" fileref="images/editfooter.png" format="PNG" scale="110" width="444" /> </imageobject> - <imageobject role="fo"> + <imageobject role="fo"> <imagedata align="center" contentwidth="150mm" fileref="images/editfooter.png" format="PNG" width="444" /> </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> - <para> + <para> The form to edit the current footer will appear: </para> - <mediaobject> + <mediaobject> <imageobject role="html"> <imagedata align="center" fileref="images/editfooterform.png" format="PNG" scale="110" width="444" /> </imageobject> - <imageobject role="fo"> + <imageobject role="fo"> <imagedata align="center" contentwidth="150mm" fileref="images/editfooterform.png" format="PNG" width="444" /> </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </step> - <step> + <step> <para> Change values of this form. </para> + </step> - <step> + <step> <para> Click the <emphasis role="bold">Fast Publish</emphasis> button to accept changes and publish them on the home page, or click the <emphasis role="bold">Save Draft</emphasis> button to save the edited content as a draft. </para> + </step> - <step> + <step> <para> To set more properties for this content, click the <emphasis role="bold">Preference</emphasis> button. </para> + </step> + </procedure> - <note> + <note> <title>Shared Page Elements</title> - <para> + <para> The Banner, Home page and Footer of a site are shared to others. Thus, all their changes will impact on the entire site. So you should copy the shared banner, home page and footer to a specific portal folder and refer to them when you need </para> + </note> + </section> - - <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Edit_a_Site-Switch_between_sites"> + <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Edit_a_Site-Switch_between_sites"> <title>Switch between sites</title> - <para> + <para> This function is used to change the current web site by another one. </para> - <procedure> + <procedure> <title></title> - <step> + <step> <para> Just select a site in the site list that appears when you move the cursor to Sites on the Administration bar: </para> - <mediaobject> + <mediaobject> <imageobject role="html"> <imagedata align="center" fileref="images/sitelist.png" format="PNG" scale="100" /> </imageobject> - <imageobject role="fo"> + <imageobject role="fo"> <imagedata align="center" contentwidth="150mm" fileref="images/sitelist.png" format="PNG" /> </imageobject> + </mediaobject> - <para> + <para> Your current site will be switched to the selected site. </para> + </step> + </procedure> + + </section> - - <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Edit_a_Site-Delete_a_site"> + <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Edit_a_Site-Delete_a_site"> <title>Delete a site</title> - <para> + <para> This function is used to delete a portal (site) from the portal list. </para> - <para> + <para> Do the following steps: </para> - <procedure> + <procedure> <title></title> - <step> + <step> <para> Show the portal list by clicking Site on the Administration bar: </para> - <mediaobject> + <mediaobject> <imageobject role="html"> <imagedata align="center" fileref="images/sitelistclick.png" format="PNG" scale="110" width="444" /> </imageobject> - <imageobject role="fo"> + <imageobject role="fo"> <imagedata align="center" contentwidth="150mm" fileref="images/sitelistclick.png" format="PNG" width="444" /> </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </step> - <step> + <step> <para> Click <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="images/deletebutton.png" format="PNG" /> </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject> in the row of the portal that you want to delete. </para> + </step> - <step> + <step> <para> Click OK in the confirmation message to accept deleting. </para> + </step> + </procedure> + + </section> + </section> + </section> + Modified: epp/docs/branches/EPP_5_1_Branch/Site_Publisher_User_Guide/en-US/modules/Usage/SitesExplorer.xml =================================================================== --- epp/docs/branches/EPP_5_1_Branch/Site_Publisher_User_Guide/en-US/modules/Usage/SitesExplorer.xml 2010-10-14 03:29:30 UTC (rev 4663) +++ epp/docs/branches/EPP_5_1_Branch/Site_Publisher_User_Guide/en-US/modules/Usage/SitesExplorer.xml 2010-10-14 07:23:45 UTC (rev 4664) @@ -5,3225 +5,3844 @@ ]> <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Manage_Site_Content_with_Sites_Explorer"> <title>Manage Site Content with Sites Explorer</title> - <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Manage_Site_Content_with_Sites_Explorer-Access_Sites_Explorer"> + <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Manage_Site_Content_with_Sites_Explorer-Access_Sites_Explorer"> <title>Access Sites Explorer</title> - <para> + <para> This page is used to manage all documents in different drives. This is really the flexible way because you can do through the Internet anytime and anywhere. By default, anyone can access Sites Explorer but the performing actions on Sites Explorer depending on the role of each user. </para> - <procedure> + <procedure> <title></title> - <step> + <step> <para> Go to the Sites Explorer on the administration bar: </para> - <mediaobject> + <mediaobject> <imageobject role="html"> <imagedata align="center" fileref="images/sitesexplorer.png" format="PNG" scale="100" /> </imageobject> - <imageobject role="fo"> + <imageobject role="fo"> <imagedata align="center" contentwidth="150mm" fileref="images/sitesexplorer.png" format="PNG" /> </imageobject> + </mediaobject> - <para> + <para> By default, the Private drive will be displayed. To view all drives in Sites Explorer, click the icon: </para> - <mediaobject> + <mediaobject> <imageobject role="html"> <imagedata align="center" fileref="images/alldrives.png" format="PNG" scale="90" width="444" /> </imageobject> - <imageobject role="fo"> + <imageobject role="fo"> <imagedata align="center" contentwidth="150mm" fileref="images/alldrives.png" format="PNG" width="444" /> </imageobject> + </mediaobject> - <para> + <para> There are some specific drives to choose to work on, they are organized in groups: Personal drives, Group drives and General drives. </para> - <mediaobject> + <mediaobject> <imageobject role="html"> <imagedata align="center" fileref="images/drivegroups.png" format="PNG" scale="110" width="444" /> </imageobject> - <imageobject role="fo"> + <imageobject role="fo"> <imagedata align="center" contentwidth="150mm" fileref="images/drivegroups.png" format="PNG" width="444" /> </imageobject> + </mediaobject> - <variablelist> + <variablelist> <varlistentry> <term>Personal drives:</term> - <listitem> + <listitem> <para> Personal drive is the working space of a user. If you want to do in private, select the Private drive, no one else can access or get your private resources. If you want to create resource and share with others, work in the Public drive. </para> - <mediaobject> + <mediaobject> <imageobject role="html"> <imagedata align="center" fileref="images/personaldrivesharing.png" format="PNG" scale="100" /> </imageobject> - <imageobject role="fo"> + <imageobject role="fo"> <imagedata align="center" contentwidth="150mm" fileref="images/personaldrivesharing.png" format="PNG" /> </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> + <varlistentry> <term>Group drives:</term> - <listitem> + <listitem> <para> The drive of a group is the working space of users in that group. </para> - <para> + <para> In this example, the user &#34;root&#34; joins in three groups : &#34;executive-board&#34;, &#34;administrators&#34; and &#34;users&#34; so he has right to access these group&#39;s drive. </para> - <mediaobject> + <mediaobject> <imageobject role="html"> <imagedata align="center" fileref="images/groupdrives.png" format="PNG" scale="110" width="444" /> </imageobject> - <imageobject role="fo"> + <imageobject role="fo"> <imagedata align="center" contentwidth="150mm" fileref="images/groupdrives.png" format="PNG" width="444" /> </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> + <varlistentry> <term>General drives:</term> - <listitem> + <listitem> <para> This is the working space for everyone but your access right in different drives depends on your role. With default users, log in by &#34;root&#34; or &#34;john&#34; you can access any drive in General drives, but if you login by &#34;mary&#34; or &#34;demo&#34; you only can access Shared Users Space and Validation Request Document Center only. </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </step> + </procedure> + + </section> - - <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Manage_Site_Content_with_Sites_Explorer-Drives_in_Sites_Explorer"> + + <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Manage_Site_Content_with_Sites_Explorer-Drives_in_Sites_Explorer"> <title>Drives in Sites Explorer</title> - <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Drives_in_Sites_Explorer-Private_drive"> + <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Drives_in_Sites_Explorer-Private_drive"> <title>Private drive</title> - <para> + <para> Private drive contains personal data of registered users. Hence, only these individuals can access data in this drive type. </para> - <mediaobject> + <mediaobject> <imageobject role="html"> <imagedata align="center" fileref="images/privatedrive.png" format="PNG" scale="110" width="444" /> </imageobject> - <imageobject role="fo"> + <imageobject role="fo"> <imagedata align="center" contentwidth="150mm" fileref="images/privatedrive.png" format="PNG" width="444" /> </imageobject> + </mediaobject> - <para> + <para> By default, there are some initialized folders to store private user&#39;s resources. </para> - <itemizedlist> + <itemizedlist> <listitem> <mediaobject> <imageobject role="html"> <imagedata align="center" fileref="images/actionstab.png" format="PNG" scale="90" /> </imageobject> - <imageobject role="fo"> + <imageobject role="fo"> <imagedata align="center" contentwidth="150mm" fileref="images/actionstab.png" format="PNG" /> </imageobject> + </mediaobject> - <para> + <para> By selecting the Actions tab, you can: </para> - <itemizedlist> + <itemizedlist> <listitem> <para> Create a new folder </para> + </listitem> - <listitem> + <listitem> <para> Create a new document </para> + </listitem> - <listitem> + <listitem> <para> Upload file from your computer </para> + </listitem> - <listitem> + <listitem> <para> Add Sym Links </para> + </listitem> - <listitem> + <listitem> <para> Overload Thumbnails </para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </listitem> - <listitem> + <listitem> <para> By selecting the Collaboration tab, you can: </para> - <mediaobject> + <mediaobject> <imageobject role="html"> <imagedata align="center" fileref="images/collaborationtab.png" format="PNG" scale="90" width="444" /> </imageobject> - <imageobject role="fo"> + <imageobject role="fo"> <imagedata align="center" contentwidth="150mm" fileref="images/collaborationtab.png" format="PNG" width="444" /> </imageobject> + </mediaobject> - <itemizedlist> + <itemizedlist> <listitem> <para> Watch/Unwatch a document. </para> + </listitem> - <listitem> + <listitem> <para> Add tags for a document. </para> + </listitem> - <listitem> + <listitem> <para> Set multi-display languages for document. </para> + </listitem> - <listitem> + <listitem> <para> Vote for a document. </para> + </listitem> - <listitem> + <listitem> <para> Comment for a document. </para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </listitem> - <listitem> + <listitem> <para> By selecting the Search tab, you can: </para> - <itemizedlist> + <itemizedlist> <listitem> <para> Do the simple search </para> + </listitem> - <listitem> + <listitem> <para> Do the advanced search with more constraints, add new query to search </para> + </listitem> - <listitem> + <listitem> <para> Do search by existing queries. </para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </listitem> - <listitem> + <listitem> <para> In addition, you can: </para> - <itemizedlist> + <itemizedlist> <listitem> <para> Setup your browsing preferences </para> + </listitem> - <listitem> + <listitem> <para> Cut/paste, Copy/past, Delete a node </para> + </listitem> - <listitem> + <listitem> <para> Lock a node </para> + </listitem> - <listitem> + <listitem> <para> Rename a node </para> + </listitem> - <listitem> + <listitem> <para> Use the view WebDAV function to view document content. </para> + </listitem> - <listitem> + <listitem> <para> Download documents (folders) to your machine. </para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> - - <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Drives_in_Sites_Explorer-Public_drive"> + <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Drives_in_Sites_Explorer-Public_drive"> <title>Public drive</title> - <para> + <para> With the Public drive, there&#39;s no initialized folder but you can create by yourself. </para> - <mediaobject> + <mediaobject> <imageobject role="html"> <imagedata align="center" fileref="images/publicdrive.png" format="PNG" scale="110" width="444" /> </imageobject> - <imageobject role="fo"> + <imageobject role="fo"> <imagedata align="center" contentwidth="150mm" fileref="images/publicdrive.png" format="PNG" width="444" /> </imageobject> + </mediaobject> - <para> + <para> In the Public drive, you also can take actions like in the Private drive. </para> + </section> - - <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Drives_in_Sites_Explorer-Drive_of_a_specific_group"> + <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Drives_in_Sites_Explorer-Drive_of_a_specific_group"> <title>Drive of a specific group</title> - <para> + <para> By default, there are two initialized folders but you also can add more and take actions like in Private drives. Only users in a specific group can access its drive. </para> - <mediaobject> + <mediaobject> <imageobject role="html"> <imagedata align="center" fileref="images/groupdrive.png" format="PNG" scale="110" width="444" /> </imageobject> - <imageobject role="fo"> + <imageobject role="fo"> <imagedata align="center" contentwidth="150mm" fileref="images/groupdrive.png" format="PNG" width="444" /> </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </section> - - <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Drives_in_Sites_Explorer-Shared_Users_Space_drive"> + <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Drives_in_Sites_Explorer-Shared_Users_Space_drive"> <title>Shared Users Space drive</title> - <para> + <para> By default, there will be a list of all folders named after existing users, each user has a folder that includes two sub folders (private and public). You can see both your private and public folders here but you can see only the public folder of others. </para> - <mediaobject> + <mediaobject> <imageobject role="html"> <imagedata align="center" fileref="images/shareddrive.png" format="PNG" scale="110" width="444" /> </imageobject> - <imageobject role="fo"> + <imageobject role="fo"> <imagedata align="center" contentwidth="150mm" fileref="images/shareddrive.png" format="PNG" width="444" /> </imageobject> + </mediaobject> - <itemizedlist> + <itemizedlist> <listitem> <para> In this drive you can: </para> - <itemizedlist> + <itemizedlist> <listitem> <para> Perform all actions that you can do in your private drive. </para> + </listitem> - <listitem> + <listitem> <para> View nodes from public folder of others </para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </listitem> - <listitem> + <listitem> <para> In this drive you can not: </para> - <itemizedlist> + <itemizedlist> <listitem> <para> Add a folder/document in a root node </para> + </listitem> - <listitem> + <listitem> <para> Add a folder/document in a folder named by other users and in child nodes of this folder. </para> + </listitem> - <listitem> + <listitem> <para> Add a folder/document in a folder named by your username </para> + </listitem> - <listitem> + <listitem> <para> Rename a default folder </para> + </listitem> - <listitem> + <listitem> <para> Lock folders named by a user </para> + </listitem> - <listitem> + <listitem> <para> Delete a default folder </para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> - - <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Drives_in_Sites_Explorer-Showhide_the_sidebar_in_a_drive"> + <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Drives_in_Sites_Explorer-Showhide_the_sidebar_in_a_drive"> <title>Show/hide the sidebar in a drive</title> - <para> + <para> The side bar is used to show nodes like a tree or show the related documents, tags, clipboard and saved searches. </para> - <para> + <para> You can show/hide the side bar in 2 ways: </para> - <orderedlist numeration="arabic"> + <orderedlist numeration="arabic"> <listitem> <procedure id="proc-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Showhide_the_sidebar_in_a_drive-Method_1"> <title>Method 1</title> - <step> + <step> <para> Click the <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="images/preferencesettingicon.png" format="PNG" /> </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject> icon to open the &#39;Preference Setting&#39;: </para> - <mediaobject> + <mediaobject> <imageobject role="html"> <imagedata align="center" fileref="images/preferencesetting.png" format="PNG" scale="90" width="444" /> </imageobject> - <imageobject role="fo"> + <imageobject role="fo"> <imagedata align="center" contentwidth="150mm" fileref="images/preferencesetting.png" format="PNG" width="444" /> </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </step> - <step> + <step> <para> Unselect the Show sidebar check box. </para> - <para> + <para> After closing the side bar, the drive will be displayed like the illustration below: </para> - <mediaobject> + <mediaobject> <imageobject role="html"> <imagedata align="center" fileref="images/hidesidebar.png" format="PNG" scale="110" width="444" /> </imageobject> - <imageobject role="fo"> + <imageobject role="fo"> <imagedata align="center" contentwidth="150mm" fileref="images/hidesidebar.png" format="PNG" width="444" /> </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </step> + </procedure> + + </listitem> - <listitem> + <listitem> <procedure id="proc-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Showhide_the_sidebar_in_a_drive-Method_2"> <title>Method 2</title> - <step> + <step> <para> Simply click the border of this sidebar to hide it. </para> - <mediaobject> + <mediaobject> <imageobject role="html"> <imagedata align="center" fileref="images/sidebarborder.png" format="PNG" scale="110" width="444" /> </imageobject> - <imageobject role="fo"> + <imageobject role="fo"> <imagedata align="center" contentwidth="150mm" fileref="images/sidebarborder.png" format="PNG" width="444" /> </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </step> - <step> + <step> <para> Click that border again to show the sidebar back. </para> + </step> + </procedure> + + </listitem> + </orderedlist> + </section> + </section> - - <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Manage_Site_Content_with_Sites_Explorer-View_types_in_Sites_Explorer"> + + <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Manage_Site_Content_with_Sites_Explorer-View_types_in_Sites_Explorer"> <title>View types in Sites Explorer</title> - <para> + <para> WCM supports you four ways to view nodes in a specific folder and show actions of corresponding tab on the Actions bar. </para> - <note> + <note> <title>View Types</title> - <para> + <para> The number of View types depends on what drive you are browsing.You can manage the view types in the WCM Administration. See <xref linkend="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Presentation_Management-Manage_Views" />for details </para> + </note> - <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-View_types_in_Sites_Explorer-Details"> + <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-View_types_in_Sites_Explorer-Details"> <title>Details</title> - <para> + <para> In this view, each item in list includes following information: Name, Date Created, Date Modified, Owner, Versionable and Auditing. These information will help you manage nodes easily. </para> - <mediaobject> + <mediaobject> <imageobject role="html"> <imagedata align="center" fileref="images/detailsview.png" format="PNG" scale="110" width="444" /> </imageobject> - <imageobject role="fo"> + <imageobject role="fo"> <imagedata align="center" contentwidth="150mm" fileref="images/detailsview.png" format="PNG" width="444" /> </imageobject> + </mediaobject> - <para> + <para> You also can sort nodes basing on node information by clicking the label of corresponding column. The <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="images/ascendingarrow.png" format="PNG" /> </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject> indicates that nodes are ordered in ascending order and on the contrary, the <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="images/descendingarrow.png" format="PNG" /> </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject> icon means nodes are in descending order. </para> + </section> - - <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-View_types_in_Sites_Explorer-Icons"> + + <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-View_types_in_Sites_Explorer-Icons"> <title>Icons</title> - <para> + <para> In this view type, nodes in a specific folder will be viewed as icons. The name of each node will be shown under its icon. </para> - <mediaobject> + <mediaobject> <imageobject role="html"> <imagedata align="center" fileref="images/iconsview.png" format="PNG" scale="110" width="444" /> </imageobject> - <imageobject role="fo"> + <imageobject role="fo"> <imagedata align="center" contentwidth="150mm" fileref="images/iconsview.png" format="PNG" width="444" /> </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </section> - - <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-View_types_in_Sites_Explorer-Thumbnails"> + + <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-View_types_in_Sites_Explorer-Thumbnails"> <title>Thumbnails</title> - <para> + <para> With thumbnails view, nodes in a specific folder are viewed as icons bounded by frames. Name of each node is shown under its icon. </para> - <mediaobject> + <mediaobject> <imageobject role="html"> <imagedata align="center" fileref="images/thumbnailview.png" format="PNG" scale="110" width="444" /> </imageobject> - <imageobject role="fo"> + <imageobject role="fo"> <imagedata align="center" contentwidth="150mm" fileref="images/thumbnailview.png" format="PNG" width="444" /> </imageobject> + </mediaobject> - <para> + <para> If nodes are image files, their thumbnails will be shown like the screenshot below: </para> - <mediaobject> + <mediaobject> <imageobject role="html"> <imagedata align="center" fileref="images/thumbnailimages.png" format="PNG" scale="110" width="444" /> </imageobject> - <imageobject role="fo"> + <imageobject role="fo"> <imagedata align="center" contentwidth="150mm" fileref="images/thumbnailimages.png" format="PNG" width="444" /> </imageobject> + </mediaobject> - <para> + <para> Especially, in this view, you can overload thumbnail image for node. For an example, if you want to add thumbnail image for <emphasis role="bold">Digital Assets</emphasis>folder, do as follows: </para> - <procedure> + <procedure> <title></title> - <step> + <step> <para> Select a folder (on the left or right panel) that you want to add a thumbnail image. </para> - <mediaobject> + <mediaobject> <imageobject role="html"> <imagedata align="center" fileref="images/addthumbnail.png" format="PNG" scale="90" width="444" /> </imageobject> - <imageobject role="fo"> + <imageobject role="fo"> <imagedata align="center" contentwidth="150mm" fileref="images/addthumbnail.png" format="PNG" width="444" /> </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </step> - <step> + <step> <para> Click <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="images/overloadthumbnail.png" format="PNG" /> </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject> to open the Add thumbnail image form: </para> + </step> - <step> + <step> <para> Select an image used as a displaying icon for the selected folder by clicking the <emphasis role="bold">Browse...</emphasis>button. </para> + </step> - <step> + <step> <para> Complete adding a thumbnail image by clicking <emphasis role="bold">Save</emphasis>. This node will be stored in a exo:thumbnails folder. </para> + </step> - <step> + <step> <para> Back to the parent folder (folder Pictures in this example) that contains the selected folder to see a icon used to display: </para> + </step> + </procedure> + + </section> - - <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-View_types_in_Sites_Explorer-Cover_flow"> + + <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-View_types_in_Sites_Explorer-Cover_flow"> <title>Cover flow</title> - <para> + <para> You can understand this view as a dynamical view because it brings the side-scrolling view to nodes in a folder. In this view, when a node is selected, its name is set with bold effect to more outstanding than others. </para> - <mediaobject> + <mediaobject> <imageobject role="html"> <imagedata align="center" fileref="images/imagefolders.png" format="PNG" scale="110" width="444" /> </imageobject> - <imageobject role="fo"> + <imageobject role="fo"> <imagedata align="center" contentwidth="150mm" fileref="images/imagefolders.png" format="PNG" width="444" /> </imageobject> + </mediaobject> - <para> + <para> If nodes are pictures, they are shown like: </para> - <mediaobject> + <mediaobject> <imageobject role="html"> <imagedata align="center" fileref="images/coverflow.png" format="PNG" scale="90" width="444" /> </imageobject> - <imageobject role="fo"> + <imageobject role="fo"> <imagedata align="center" contentwidth="150mm" fileref="images/coverflow.png" format="PNG" width="444" /> </imageobject> + </mediaobject> - <para> + <para> If nodes are documents or folders, they are displayed like the illustration below : </para> - <mediaobject> + <mediaobject> <imageobject role="html"> <imagedata align="center" fileref="images/folderflow.png" format="PNG" scale="90" width="444" /> </imageobject> - <imageobject role="fo"> + <imageobject role="fo"> <imagedata align="center" contentwidth="150mm" fileref="images/folderflow.png" format="PNG" width="444" /> </imageobject> + </mediaobject> - <para> + <para> To move from one node to another one, you can do any of these ways: </para> - <itemizedlist> + <itemizedlist> <listitem> <para> Use the mousewheel. </para> + </listitem> - <listitem> + <listitem> <para> Hold and move the yellow circle button to the left or the right. </para> + </listitem> - <listitem> + <listitem> <para> Click the folder/document name that you want to select. </para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> - - <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-View_types_in_Sites_Explorer-Slide_show"> + + <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-View_types_in_Sites_Explorer-Slide_show"> <title>Slide show</title> - <para> + <para> In this view type, pictures in folders are viewed in slide show. </para> - <para> + <para> To view pictures in slide show, click the <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="images/slideshowicon.png" format="PNG" /> </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject> icon: </para> - <mediaobject> + <mediaobject> <imageobject role="html"> <imagedata align="center" fileref="images/imageslideshow.png" format="PNG" scale="100" /> </imageobject> - <imageobject role="fo"> + <imageobject role="fo"> <imagedata align="center" contentwidth="150mm" fileref="images/imageslideshow.png" format="PNG" /> </imageobject> + </mediaobject> - <para> + <para> If nodes are pictures, they are displayed like the following illustration: </para> - <mediaobject> + <mediaobject> <imageobject role="html"> <imagedata align="center" fileref="images/pictureslideshowscreen.png" format="PNG" scale="90" width="444" /> </imageobject> - <imageobject role="fo"> + <imageobject role="fo"> <imagedata align="center" contentwidth="150mm" fileref="images/pictureslideshowscreen.png" format="PNG" width="444" /> </imageobject> + </mediaobject> - <para> + <para> The Slide show view automatically show all picture nodes, users can control this slide show by clicking the below buttons: </para> - <table> + <table> <title></title> - <tgroup cols="2"> + <tgroup cols="2"> <thead> <row> <entry> Button </entry> - <entry> + <entry> Function </entry> + </row> + </thead> - <tbody> + <tbody> <row> <entry> <mediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="images/slideshownavfirst.png" format="PNG" scale="100" /> </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </entry> - <entry> + <entry> Go to the first picture node. </entry> + </row> - <row> + <row> <entry> <mediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="images/slideshownavprev.png" format="PNG" scale="100" /> </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </entry> - <entry> + <entry> View the previous picture node. </entry> + </row> - <row> + <row> <entry> <mediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="images/slideshownavpause.png" format="PNG" scale="100" /> </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </entry> - <entry> + <entry> Pause the slide show. </entry> + </row> - <row> + <row> <entry> <mediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="images/slideshownavnext.png" format="PNG" scale="100" /> </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </entry> - <entry> + <entry> View the next picture node. </entry> + </row> - <row> + <row> <entry> <mediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="images/slideshownavlast.png" format="PNG" scale="100" /> </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </entry> - <entry> + <entry> View the last picture node. </entry> + </row> - <row> + <row> <entry> <mediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="images/slideshownavplay.png" format="PNG" scale="100" /> </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </entry> - <entry> + <entry> Continue viewing pictures node. </entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </tgroup> + </table> + </section> - - <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-View_types_in_Sites_Explorer-Timeline"> + + <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-View_types_in_Sites_Explorer-Timeline"> <title>Timeline</title> - <para> + <para> This view allows users to view all nodes created and uploaded by time. Just click the <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="images/timeline.png" format="PNG" /> </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject> icon. </para> - <para> + <para> All the nodes that were created and uploaded will be displayed like below: </para> - <mediaobject> + <mediaobject> <imageobject role="html"> <imagedata align="center" fileref="images/timelineview.png" format="PNG" scale="100" /> </imageobject> - <imageobject role="fo"> + <imageobject role="fo"> <imagedata align="center" contentwidth="150mm" fileref="images/timelineview.png" format="PNG" /> </imageobject> + </mediaobject> - <para> + <para> You can click directly on the node name to view its content in details. </para> - <mediaobject> + <mediaobject> <imageobject role="html"> <imagedata align="center" fileref="images/timelinedetails.png" format="PNG" scale="90" width="444" /> </imageobject> - <imageobject role="fo"> + <imageobject role="fo"> <imagedata align="center" contentwidth="150mm" fileref="images/timelinedetails.png" format="PNG" width="444" /> </imageobject> + </mediaobject> - <para> + <para> You can also click the <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="images/favestar.png" format="PNG" /> </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject> to mark your item as favorite or the <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="images/unfavestar.png" format="PNG" /> </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject> icon corresponding to nodes in order to remove it from favorites. </para> + </section> + </section> - - <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Manage_Site_Content_with_Sites_Explorer-Actions_In_Sites_Explorer"> + + <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Manage_Site_Content_with_Sites_Explorer-Actions_In_Sites_Explorer"> <title>Actions In Sites Explorer</title> - <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Actions_In_Sites_Explorer-Manage_Site_Resources_in_one_place"> + <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Actions_In_Sites_Explorer-Manage_Site_Resources_in_one_place"> <title>Manage Site Resources in one place</title> - <para> + <para> You can easily manage all the site resources in Sites Explorer. </para> - <para> + <para> Chose <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="images/sitesmanagementicon.png" format="PNG" /> </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject> in General drive. All of your created sites and their resources will be listed in the left panel. </para> - <mediaobject> + <mediaobject> <imageobject role="html"> <imagedata align="center" fileref="images/resourcesleftpanel.png" format="PNG" scale="90" width="444" /> </imageobject> - <imageobject role="fo"> + <imageobject role="fo"> <imagedata align="center" contentwidth="150mm" fileref="images/resourcesleftpanel.png" format="PNG" width="444" /> </imageobject> + </mediaobject> - <para> + <para> All sites contain typical folders: </para> - <mediaobject> + <mediaobject> <imageobject role="html"> <imagedata align="center" fileref="images/typicalfolders.png" format="PNG" scale="100" /> </imageobject> - <imageobject role="fo"> + <imageobject role="fo"> <imagedata align="center" contentwidth="150mm" fileref="images/typicalfolders.png" format="PNG" /> </imageobject> + </mediaobject> - <variablelist> + <variablelist> <varlistentry> <term>CSS</term> - <listitem> + <listitem> <para> CSS is one of default files of a site. This folder contains CSS data that is used to present data in a site and increase that site&#39;s content accessibility. </para> - <note> + <note> <title>CSS</title> - <para> + <para> Once a new CSS file in a site is created, it will affect on how the site will look. For an example, the color of the current site&#39;s background is black but when you create a new CSS file with red background color , all site&#39;s background will be in red. </para> + </note> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> + <varlistentry> <term>Document</term> - <listitem> + <listitem> <para> This folder contains all documents used in a site. When you want to add a new document for a site, you also can put them outside this folder but you are recommended to put all documents in this folder to manage all site&#39;s documents easily and conveniently. </para> - <mediaobject> + <mediaobject> <imageobject role="html"> <imagedata align="center" fileref="images/documentsview.png" format="PNG" scale="100" /> </imageobject> - <imageobject role="fo"> + <imageobject role="fo"> <imagedata align="center" contentwidth="150mm" fileref="images/documentsview.png" format="PNG" /> </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> + <varlistentry> <term>JS</term> - <listitem> + <listitem> <para> This is one of default files of a site. This file contains Java Script data that is used to make a site more animated and more dynamic. </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> + <varlistentry> <term>Links</term> - <listitem> + <listitem> <para> This file contains all links used in a site. </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> + <varlistentry> <term>Media</term> - <listitem> + <listitem> <para> This folder contains all documents related to videos, images and sounds. It is divided into three sub folders: </para> - <mediaobject> + <mediaobject> <imageobject role="html"> <imagedata align="center" fileref="images/mediafiles.png" format="PNG" scale="100" /> </imageobject> - <imageobject role="fo"> + <imageobject role="fo"> <imagedata align="center" contentwidth="150mm" fileref="images/mediafiles.png" format="PNG" /> </imageobject> + </mediaobject> - <variablelist> + <variablelist> <varlistentry> <term>audio:</term> - <listitem> + <listitem> <para> This folder contains sound data used in a site. </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> + <varlistentry> <term>images:</term> - <listitem> + <listitem> <para> This folder contains images used in a site. </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> + <varlistentry> <term>videos:</term> - <listitem> + <listitem> <para> This folder contains videos used in a site. </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> + <varlistentry> <term>Web content</term> - <listitem> + <listitem> <para> This folder contains all web content used in sites. You are suggested to put all web content files here to make use (in case you need to reuse web content files for creating a new site) and manage more flexibility. </para> - <mediaobject> + <mediaobject> <imageobject role="html"> <imagedata align="center" fileref="images/webcontentfiles.png" format="PNG" scale="100" /> </imageobject> - <imageobject role="fo"> + <imageobject role="fo"> <imagedata align="center" contentwidth="150mm" fileref="images/webcontentfiles.png" format="PNG" /> </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </section> - - <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Actions_In_Sites_Explorer-Basic_Actions_in_Sites_Explorer"> + + <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Actions_In_Sites_Explorer-Basic_Actions_in_Sites_Explorer"> <title>Basic Actions in Sites Explorer</title> - <para> + <para> A web content is a key resource to make a site. Other resources make a site more dynamic and animated by using layout, color, font, etc.This section focuses on how to manage a web content. </para> - <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Basic_Actions_in_Sites_Explorer-Create_a_new_web_content"> + <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Basic_Actions_in_Sites_Explorer-Create_a_new_web_content"> <title>Create a new web content</title> - <para> + <para> This function is used to add a new web content into a specific site. </para> - <para> + <para> Do the following steps: </para> - <procedure id="proc-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Create_a_new_web_content-Add_new_content"> + <procedure id="proc-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Create_a_new_web_content-Add_new_content"> <title>Add new content</title> - <step> + <step> <para> Go to the drive of the site that you want to add a web content. </para> + </step> - <step> + <step> <para> Select the web content folder on the left: </para> - <mediaobject> + <mediaobject> <imageobject role="html"> <imagedata align="center" fileref="images/webcontentfolder.png" format="PNG" scale="90" width="444" /> </imageobject> - <imageobject role="fo"> + <imageobject role="fo"> <imagedata align="center" contentwidth="150mm" fileref="images/webcontentfolder.png" format="PNG" width="444" /> </imageobject> + </mediaobject> - <note> + <note> <title></title> - <para> + <para> In this step, you also can add a new web content into another folders (documents and media folder) of a site but you are recommended to select the web content folder because: </para> - <itemizedlist> + <itemizedlist> <listitem> <para> Manage web content of a site more easily. </para> + </listitem> - <listitem> + <listitem> <para> You only may add a new web content in this folder so that you don&#39;t need to select a web content document in the list of document types. It makes adding a new web content more flexibly. </para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </note> + </step> - <step> + <step> <para> Open the Add New Document form by clicking <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="images/adddocumenticon.png" format="PNG" /> </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject> on the Action bar. </para> + </step> - <step> + <step> <para> Select a template in the Select Template field to present web content: </para> - <mediaobject> + <mediaobject> <imageobject role="html"> <imagedata align="center" fileref="images/maincontenttab.png" format="PNG" scale="90" width="444" /> </imageobject> - <imageobject role="fo"> + <imageobject role="fo"> <imagedata align="center" contentwidth="150mm" fileref="images/maincontenttab.png" format="PNG" width="444" /> </imageobject> + </mediaobject> -<!-- Doc Note: The content from this point until the next comment 'END' should probably be moved to a breakout explanation. Having it in the middle of a procedure breaks the flow of the steps. --> <para> + <!-- Doc Note: The content from this point until the next comment 'END' should probably be moved to a breakout explanation. Having it in the middle of a procedure breaks the flow of the steps. --> <para> The Select Template field has two options: </para> - <itemizedlist> + <itemizedlist> <listitem> <para> <emphasis role="bold">Picture on head layout web content:</emphasis>The site&#39;s content is presented in two spaces. One for inserting an image and one for editing the site&#39;s content. In which, the image is put at the head of a site. </para> + </listitem> - <listitem> + <listitem> <para> <emphasis role="bold">Free layout web content:</emphasis>This template is a free layout. </para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> - <para> + <para> The <emphasis role="bold">Main Content</emphasis>Tab includes: </para> - <table> + <table> <title></title> - <tgroup cols="2"> + <tgroup cols="2"> <thead> <row> <entry> Field </entry> - <entry> + <entry> Options </entry> + </row> + </thead> - <tbody> + <tbody> <row> <entry> Name </entry> - <entry> + <entry> The name of a web content that you want to add new </entry> + </row> - <row> + <row> <entry> Title </entry> - <entry> + <entry> The title of a web content </entry> + </row> - <row> + <row> <entry> Main content </entry> - <entry> + <entry> The main content that you want to display when publishing this web content </entry> + </row> - <row> + <row> <entry> Save button </entry> - <entry> + <entry> To accept saving the inputted values </entry> + </row> - <row> + <row> <entry> Cancel button </entry> - <entry> + <entry> To exit the current form </entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </tgroup> + </table> - <para> + <para> The <emphasis role="bold">Illustration Tab</emphasis>allows you to upload an illustration that makes the site&#39;s content more attractive </para> - <mediaobject> + <mediaobject> <imageobject role="html"> <imagedata align="center" fileref="images/illustrationtab.png" format="PNG" scale="90" width="444" /> </imageobject> - <imageobject role="fo"> + <imageobject role="fo"> <imagedata align="center" contentwidth="150mm" fileref="images/illustrationtab.png" format="PNG" width="444" /> </imageobject> + </mediaobject> - <table> + <table> <title></title> - <tgroup cols="2"> + <tgroup cols="2"> <thead> <row> <entry> Field </entry> - <entry> + <entry> Option </entry> + </row> + </thead> - <tbody> + <tbody> <row> <entry> Illustration Image </entry> - <entry> + <entry> The path to an image that you want to upload into a site. This image will be used like an illustration of that site </entry> + </row> - <row> + <row> <entry> Image Type </entry> - <entry> + <entry> The image format that you want to upload to the site. It can be: image/gif; image/png; image/jpg; image/jpeg </entry> + </row> - <row> + <row> <entry> Summary </entry> - <entry> + <entry> You can give short description about the web content because it will be displayed with the illustration image when the web content is listed. The main content will be shown when it is selected to be viewed </entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </tgroup> + </table> - <para> + <para> To upload an image do as follows: </para> - <procedure> + <procedure> <title></title> - <step> + <step> <para> Browse an image list on your local computer by clicking the Browse... button and then select a specific location. </para> + </step> - <step> + <step> <para> Select an image in a list. </para> + </step> - <step> + <step> <para> Click the <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="images/uploadicon.png" format="PNG" /> </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject> icon to upload the selected image. </para> + </step> + </procedure> - <para> + <para> The <emphasis role="bold">Advanced</emphasis>tab includes two parts: CSS data and JS data: </para> - <mediaobject> + <mediaobject> <imageobject role="html"> <imagedata align="center" fileref="images/advancedtab.png" format="PNG" scale="90" width="444" /> </imageobject> - <imageobject role="fo"> + <imageobject role="fo"> <imagedata align="center" contentwidth="150mm" fileref="images/advancedtab.png" format="PNG" width="444" /> </imageobject> + </mediaobject> - <table> + <table> <title></title> - <tgroup cols="2"> + <tgroup cols="2"> <thead> <row> <entry> Field </entry> - <entry> + <entry> Information </entry> + </row> + </thead> - <tbody> + <tbody> <row> <entry> CSS data </entry> - <entry> + <entry> Contains CSS definition to present data in a web content. You can optionally enter CSS data into this field to specify the style. </entry> + </row> - <row> + <row> <entry> JS data </entry> - <entry> + <entry> Contains JS content to make the web content more dynamic when after publishing. You can optionally enter JS content in this field. </entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </tgroup> + </table> - <!-- END --> + <!-- END --> </step> - <step> + <step> <para> Enter values in fields of the Add New Document form. </para> + </step> - <step> + <step> <para> Click Save to accept adding new web content into a site. </para> + </step> + </procedure> + + </section> - - <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Basic_Actions_in_Sites_Explorer-Edit_a_web_content"> + + <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Basic_Actions_in_Sites_Explorer-Edit_a_web_content"> <title>Edit a web content</title> - <para> + <para> This function is used to edit a web content in a specific drive of an existing site. </para> - <para> + <para> Do the following steps: </para> - <procedure> + <procedure> <title></title> - <step> + <step> <para> Go into the drive of a site which contains the web content that you want to edit. </para> + </step> - <step> + <step> <para> Select to view a web content by double - clicking it on the left tree or on the right. Detailed information of web content will be viewed on the right panel. </para> + </step> - <step> + <step> <para> Click on <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="images/editdocumenticon.png" format="PNG" /> </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject> the Action bar to show the edit form of the selected web content as </para> + </step> - <step> + <step> <para> Change current values in fields of this edit form. </para> + </step> - <step> + <step> <para> Complete editing the selected web content by clicking Save. </para> + </step> + </procedure> - <note> + <note> <title>Auto-lock</title> - <para> + <para> When you click <emphasis role="bold">Edit Document</emphasis>, the web-content will be auto-locked for your editing. After finishing, the content is back to unlock status. You can manage Locks in the WCM Admin portlet. </para> + </note> + </section> - - <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Basic_Actions_in_Sites_Explorer-Delete_a_web_content"> + + <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Basic_Actions_in_Sites_Explorer-Delete_a_web_content"> <title>Delete a web content</title> - <para> + <para> This function is used to remove a web content from the web content folder in a specific site&#39;s drive. </para> - <para> + <para> To delete a web-content, do the following: </para> - <procedure> + <procedure> <title></title> - <step> + <step> <para> Right-click the name of the web content that you want to delete and then select Delete in the menu: </para> - <mediaobject> + <mediaobject> <imageobject role="html"> <imagedata align="center" fileref="images/selectdelete.png" format="PNG" scale="50" /> </imageobject> - <imageobject role="fo"> + <imageobject role="fo"> <imagedata align="center" contentwidth="150mm" fileref="images/selectdelete.png" format="PNG" /> </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </step> - <step> + <step> <para> There will be a confirmation message. Click OK to accept the deletion, or Cancel to quit without deleting. </para> + </step> + </procedure> + + </section> - - <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Basic_Actions_in_Sites_Explorer-Publish_a_web_content"> + + <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Basic_Actions_in_Sites_Explorer-Publish_a_web_content"> <title>Publish a web content</title> - <para> + <para> This function helps you publish a web content that you have added to web content folder in Sites Explorer. </para> - <para> + <para> To publish web-content, do the following: </para> - <procedure> + <procedure> <title></title> - <step> + <step> <para> Go to the drive of a site which contains the web content that you want to publish. </para> + </step> - <step> + <step> <para> Select to view it by double clicking it on the left tree or on the right. </para> + </step> - <step> + <step> <para> Show the Manage publication form by clicking <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="images/managepublications.png" format="PNG" /> </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject> on the Action bar: </para> - <mediaobject> + <mediaobject> <imageobject role="html"> <imagedata align="center" fileref="images/managepublicationsscreen.png" format="PNG" scale="90" width="444" /> </imageobject> - <imageobject role="fo"> + <imageobject role="fo"> <imagedata align="center" contentwidth="150mm" fileref="images/managepublicationsscreen.png" format="PNG" width="444" /> </imageobject> + </mediaobject> - <variablelist> + <variablelist> <varlistentry> <term>The Publication status tab:</term> - <listitem> + <listitem> <para> This tab lets you know about all statuses of versions. In which, you only may publish a content with the &#39;Live&#39; status. There are four statuses for a content. They are: </para> - <itemizedlist> + <itemizedlist> <listitem> <para> <emphasis role="bold">Enrolled</emphasis>: The revision is created but never be edited . </para> + </listitem> - <listitem> + <listitem> <para> <emphasis role="bold">Draft</emphasis>: The revision&#39;s already been created and it is editable. Thus you can still edit it if you want. </para> + </listitem> - <listitem> + <listitem> <para> <emphasis role="bold">Live</emphasis>: The revision can not be modified anymore. In this status, the content is ready for publication. </para> + </listitem> - <listitem> + <listitem> <para> <emphasis role="bold">Obsolete</emphasis>: The revision is not live anymore and you should unpublish it if is was published. </para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> - <note> + <note> <title>Content Status</title> - <para> + <para> You only can switch from one status to its next status. For example, your revision is in the <emphasis>Enrolled</emphasis>status and you only switch to the <emphasis>Draft</emphasis>status by clicking the <emphasis>Draft</emphasis>icon. After being switched, your revision will be in the <emphasis>Draft</emphasis>status. </para> + </note> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> + <varlistentry> <term>The Publication history tab:</term> - <listitem> + <listitem> <para> This tab is used to keep track of publishing history of a site. </para> - <para> + <para> Select the <emphasis role="bold">Publication history</emphasis>tab in the above form to view detailed information (including: Date, New State, User and Description) of a site&#39;s publication: </para> - <mediaobject> + <mediaobject> <imageobject role="html"> <imagedata align="center" fileref="images/publicationhistorytab.png" format="PNG" scale="90" width="444" /> </imageobject> - <imageobject role="fo"> + <imageobject role="fo"> <imagedata align="center" contentwidth="150mm" fileref="images/publicationhistorytab.png" format="PNG" width="444" /> </imageobject> + </mediaobject> - <para> + <para> If you want to change the position for publishing the selected web content, select the current path and click right to left arrow to remove the path the select another location. </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </step> - <step> + <step> <para> Click Close to close this form and publish successfully. </para> + </step> + </procedure> - <para> + <para> After being published, all users who have the right to access that position can view the published web content as a page on the Navigation bar. </para> + </section> + </section> - - <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Actions_In_Sites_Explorer-Manage_Folders"> + + <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Actions_In_Sites_Explorer-Manage_Folders"> <title>Manage Folders</title> - <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Manage_Folders-Create_a_new_folder"> + <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Manage_Folders-Create_a_new_folder"> <title>Create a new folder</title> - <para> + <para> You can create a document immediately in a specific drive; however, to manage documents better, the created folder should contain documents in it. </para> - <para> + <para> There are two types of folder: </para> - <itemizedlist> + <itemizedlist> <listitem> <para> Content folder. </para> + </listitem> - <listitem> + <listitem> <para> Document folder. </para> - <mediaobject> + <mediaobject> <imageobject role="html"> <imagedata align="center" fileref="images/documentfolder.png" format="PNG" scale="100" /> </imageobject> - <imageobject role="fo"> + <imageobject role="fo"> <imagedata align="center" contentwidth="150mm" fileref="images/documentfolder.png" format="PNG" /> </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> - <para> + <para> In default skin, the icon for a content folder node is displayed in blue and the icon for a document folder node is displayed in yellow. </para> - <variablelist id="vari-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Create_a_new_folder-File_and_folder_types_in_a_folder"> + <variablelist id="vari-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Create_a_new_folder-File_and_folder_types_in_a_folder"> <title>File and folder types in a folder</title> - <varlistentry> + <varlistentry> <term>Content folder</term> - <listitem> + <listitem> <itemizedlist> <listitem> <para> You can add a Content Folder folder into a Content Folder one. </para> + </listitem> - <listitem> + <listitem> <para> You can add a Document Folder folder into a Content Folder one. </para> + </listitem> - <listitem> + <listitem> <para> You can add documents into a Content Folder. </para> + </listitem> - <listitem> + <listitem> <para> You can upload files (images, MS word documents, OpenOffice documents, .pdf files, .txt files, .xml file, etc) into a Content Folder. </para> + </listitem> - <listitem> + <listitem> <para> You can import sub node(s) that was exported into a Content Folder. </para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> - <procedure id="proc-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-File_and_folder_types_in_a_folder-Create_content_folders"> + <procedure id="proc-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-File_and_folder_types_in_a_folder-Create_content_folders"> <title>Create content folders</title> - <step> + <step> <para> Select the path to create a folder. </para> + </step> - <step> + <step> <para> Click <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="images/addfolderbutton.png" format="PNG" /> </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject> from the action bar. The Add a Folder form is displayed: </para> - <mediaobject> + <mediaobject> <imageobject role="html"> <imagedata align="center" fileref="images/addfolderwindow.png" format="PNG" scale="90" width="444" /> </imageobject> - <imageobject role="fo"> + <imageobject role="fo"> <imagedata align="center" contentwidth="150mm" fileref="images/addfolderwindow.png" format="PNG" width="444" /> </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </step> - <step> + <step> <para> Click the icon to see type list and select the Content Folder type. </para> + </step> - <step> + <step> <para> Input value for the Name field. This field is required. You can not input some special characters in the Name field (@ # % &amp; * ( ) &#34; &#39; : ; [ ] {} / !) </para> + </step> - <step> + <step> <para> Click Save to accept creating a new folder. </para> + </step> + </procedure> - <note> + <note> <title>Folder Creation</title> - <para> + <para> A folder name can be the same with the existing one. When a new folder is created with the same name with other existing folder, after you click Save, its name will be added an index (e.g: test[2]). </para> - <para> + <para> You can only create a content folder in another content folder. </para> + </note> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> + <varlistentry> <term>Document folder</term> - <listitem> + <listitem> <itemizedlist> <listitem> <para> You can add a new Document Folder into a Document Folder. </para> + </listitem> - <listitem> + <listitem> <para> You can add File, Podcast, File Plan documents into a Document Folder. </para> + </listitem> - <listitem> + <listitem> <para> You can upload files (images, MS word documents, OpenOffice documents, .pdf files, .txt files, .xml file, etc ) into a Document Folder. </para> + </listitem> - <listitem> + <listitem> <para> You can not add a Content Folder into a Document Folder </para> + </listitem> - <listitem> + <listitem> <para> You can not import an exported a Content Folder into a Document Folder. </para> + </listitem> - <listitem> + <listitem> <para> You can not import an exported Article, Sample node, Kofax into a Document Folder. </para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> - <para> + <para> You can create a document folder in a content folder or a document folder. </para> - <procedure id="proc-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-File_and_folder_types_in_a_folder-Create_document_folders"> + <procedure id="proc-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-File_and_folder_types_in_a_folder-Create_document_folders"> <title>Create document folders</title> - <step> + <step> <para> Select the path to create a new folder. </para> + </step> - <step> + <step> <para> Select the Actions tab. </para> + </step> - <step> + <step> <para> Click <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="images/addfolderbutton.png" format="PNG" /> </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject> . The Add a Folder form appears: </para> - <mediaobject> + <mediaobject> <imageobject role="html"> <imagedata align="center" fileref="images/addfolderwindow.png" format="PNG" scale="90" width="444" /> </imageobject> - <imageobject role="fo"> + <imageobject role="fo"> <imagedata align="center" contentwidth="150mm" fileref="images/addfolderwindow.png" format="PNG" width="444" /> </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </step> - <step> + <step> <para> In the <emphasis role="bold">Add a folder</emphasis>form, click <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="images/droparrowicon.png" format="PNG" /> </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject> to see the folder types list and select Document Folder. </para> + </step> - <step> + <step> <para> Enter a value for the <emphasis role="bold">Name</emphasis>field. This field is required. Some special characters are not allowed to inputted in the Name field: (@ # % &amp; * ( ) &#34; &#39; : ; [ ] {} / !) </para> + </step> - <step> + <step> <para> Click <emphasis role="bold">Save</emphasis>to accept creating a new folder. </para> + </step> + </procedure> - <note> + <note> <title></title> - <para> + <para> Like a content folder, A folder name can be the same with the existing one. When a new folder is created with the same name with other existing folder, after you click Save, its name will be added an index (e.g: test[2]). </para> + </note> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </section> - - <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Manage_Folders-Upload_files_into_folders"> + <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Manage_Folders-Upload_files_into_folders"> <title>Upload files into folders</title> - <para> + <para> This function supports you to upload a file from your machine. All file types can be uploaded. The uploaded file&#39;s name must not include some special characters (! @ $ % &amp; + [ ]) </para> - <procedure id="proc-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Upload_files_into_folders-To_upload_file_into_folder_do_as_follows"> + <procedure id="proc-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Upload_files_into_folders-To_upload_file_into_folder_do_as_follows"> <title>To upload file into folder, do as follows:</title> - <step> + <step> <para> Select the folder that you want to upload a file into from the left/right panel </para> + </step> - <step> + <step> <para> Select the Actions tab to show some actions on the Action bar. </para> + </step> - <step> + <step> <para> Click <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="images/uploadicon2.png" format="PNG" /> </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject> on the Action bar to open the Upload a file form: </para> - <mediaobject> + <mediaobject> <imageobject role="html"> <imagedata align="center" fileref="images/uploadfilewindow.png" format="PNG" scale="90" width="444" /> </imageobject> - <imageobject role="fo"> + <imageobject role="fo"> <imagedata align="center" contentwidth="150mm" fileref="images/uploadfilewindow.png" format="PNG" width="444" /> </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </step> - <step> + <step> <para> Browse and select a file on your computer by clicking the <emphasis role="bold">Browse</emphasis>... button. The selected filename will be displayed in the <emphasis role="bold">Select a file</emphasis> field. </para> - <para> + <para> If you want to upload multi files at the same time, click <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="images/addplusicon.png" format="PNG" /> </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject> to open more forms to upload more files: </para> - <mediaobject> + <mediaobject> <imageobject role="html"> <imagedata align="center" fileref="images/multipleuploadform.png" format="PNG" scale="90" width="444" /> </imageobject> - <imageobject role="fo"> + <imageobject role="fo"> <imagedata align="center" contentwidth="150mm" fileref="images/multipleuploadform.png" format="PNG" width="444" /> </imageobject> + </mediaobject> - <para> + <para> The <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="images/trashicon.png" format="PNG" /> </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject> enables users to delete the upload file form. </para> + </step> - <step> + <step> <para> You can change the uploaded file by clicking the <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="images/trashicon.png" format="PNG" /> </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject> icon and select <emphasis role="bold">Browse</emphasis>... again to select another one. </para> + </step> - <step> + <step> <para> By default, the name of the uploaded file will be kept as original but if you want to change, you can type the new name in the Name field, this field is not required. The new name must not contain special characters: ! @ $ % &amp; + [ ]. </para> + </step> - <step> + <step> <para> You can click the <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="images/addplusicon.png" format="PNG" /> </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject> icon next to the List Taxonomy field to add categories for this file: </para> - <mediaobject> + <mediaobject> <imageobject role="html"> <imagedata align="center" fileref="images/addcategories.png" format="PNG" scale="90" width="444" /> </imageobject> - <imageobject role="fo"> + <imageobject role="fo"> <imagedata align="center" contentwidth="150mm" fileref="images/addcategories.png" format="PNG" width="444" /> </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </step> - <step> + <step> <para> Select categories by clicking the <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="images/greentick.png" format="PNG" /> </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject> icon. Click &#39;+ &#39; to open child nodes of categories. </para> - <mediaobject> + <mediaobject> <imageobject role="html"> <imagedata align="center" fileref="images/addcategoriesexpanded.png" format="PNG" scale="90" width="444" /> </imageobject> - <imageobject role="fo"> + <imageobject role="fo"> <imagedata align="center" contentwidth="150mm" fileref="images/addcategoriesexpanded.png" format="PNG" width="444" /> </imageobject> + </mediaobject> - <note> + <note> <title></title> - <para> + <para> You can add more categories for a file by clicking the <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="images/addplusicon.png" format="PNG" /> </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject> icon again to open the Add Categories form. </para> - <para> + <para> Click the <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="images/trashicon.png" format="PNG" /> </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject> icon to delete category in <emphasis role="bold">Upload a file</emphasis> form. </para> - <para> - You also manage categories which added for files by using the <emphasis role="bold">Manage Categories</emphasis> function. See xref="". + <para> + You also manage categories which added for files by using the <emphasis role="bold">Manage Categories</emphasis> function. See xref=&#34;&#34;. </para> + </note> + </step> - <step> + <step> <para> Complete uploading file by clicking Save. </para> + </step> - <step> + <step> <para> After being saved, the main information of the uploaded file will be displayed: </para> - <mediaobject> + <mediaobject> <imageobject role="html"> <imagedata align="center" fileref="images/uploadedfileview.png" format="PNG" scale="90" width="444" /> </imageobject> - <imageobject role="fo"> + <imageobject role="fo"> <imagedata align="center" contentwidth="150mm" fileref="images/uploadedfileview.png" format="PNG" width="444" /> </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </step> - <step> + <step> <para> Click the <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="images/editicon4.png" format="PNG" /> </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject> icon to see more details of its external metadata information. The <emphasis role="bold"> List external metadatas</emphasis> tab will be enable and you can input value in this tab. </para> - <mediaobject> + <mediaobject> <imageobject role="html"> <imagedata align="center" fileref="images/externalmetadata.png" format="PNG" scale="90" width="444" /> </imageobject> - <imageobject role="fo"> + <imageobject role="fo"> <imagedata align="center" contentwidth="150mm" fileref="images/externalmetadata.png" format="PNG" width="444" /> </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </step> - <step> + <step> <para> Click Save to accept changes or Cancel to quit without any changes. </para> + </step> - <step> + <step> <para> Data can be added for the uploaded file. Check the checkbox, then click <emphasis role="bold">Add</emphasis>, or <emphasis role="bold">Cancel</emphasis> to quit without adding anything. </para> - <mediaobject> + <mediaobject> <imageobject role="html"> <imagedata align="center" fileref="images/addexternalmetadata.png" format="PNG" scale="100" /> </imageobject> - <imageobject role="fo"> + <imageobject role="fo"> <imagedata align="center" contentwidth="150mm" fileref="images/addexternalmetadata.png" format="PNG" /> </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </step> - <step> + <step> <para> New metadata is displayed in External Metadatas list and you also can edit it by clicking <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="images/editicon4.png" format="PNG" /> </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject> . </para> + </step> - <step> + <step> <para> Click Close to quit the Uploaded information form. </para> + </step> - <step> + <step> <para> After being uploaded, the tree is displayed in the left panel: </para> - <mediaobject> + <mediaobject> <imageobject role="html"> <imagedata align="center" fileref="images/uploadtree.png" format="PNG" scale="100" /> </imageobject> - <imageobject role="fo"> + <imageobject role="fo"> <imagedata align="center" contentwidth="150mm" fileref="images/uploadtree.png" format="PNG" /> </imageobject> + </mediaobject> - <note> + <note> <title>File Size Limits</title> - <para> + <para> The size of the uploaded file depends on the size limit of the uploaded file that you set up in the &#39;Edit&#39; mode of Sites Explorer. If your file size exceeds the limit, a pop-up message will appears to alert you. </para> + </note> + </step> + </procedure> + + </section> - - <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Manage_Folders-Add_a_symlink"> + <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Manage_Folders-Add_a_symlink"> <title>Add a symlink</title> - <para> + <para> For the purpose of fast accessing the node that you want to look for in other nodes, adding a sym link for a node is an effective way to meet this need. </para> - <para> + <para> To add a symlink do as follows: </para> - <procedure> + <procedure> <title></title> - <step> + <step> <para> Select the node that you want to add a sym link. </para> + </step> - <step> + <step> <para> Select the Actions tab to show some actions on the Action bar </para> + </step> - <step> + <step> <para> Click the <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="images/addsymlinkbutton.png" format="PNG" /> </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject> on the Action bar. The Sym Link Manager pop-up will appear: </para> - <mediaobject> + <mediaobject> <imageobject role="html"> <imagedata align="center" fileref="images/symlinkmanager.png" format="PNG" scale="90" width="444" /> </imageobject> - <imageobject role="fo"> + <imageobject role="fo"> <imagedata align="center" contentwidth="150mm" fileref="images/symlinkmanager.png" format="PNG" width="444" /> </imageobject> + </mediaobject> - <table> + <table> <title></title> - <tgroup cols="2"> + <tgroup cols="2"> <thead> <row> <entry> Field </entry> - <entry> + <entry> Details </entry> + </row> + </thead> - <tbody> + <tbody> <row> <entry> Path Node </entry> - <entry> + <entry> The path of a link </entry> + </row> - <row> + <row> <entry> Symlink name </entry> - <entry> + <entry> The name of the link. </entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </tgroup> + </table> + </step> - <step> + <step> <para> Click the <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="images/addplusicon.png" format="PNG" /> </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject> icon to open the <emphasis role="bold">Choose Target Node</emphasis> form. </para> + </step> - <step> + <step> <para> Choose the workspace which contains the node that you want to add a symlink: </para> - <mediaobject> + <mediaobject> <imageobject role="html"> <imagedata align="center" fileref="images/workspacelist.png" format="PNG" scale="100" /> </imageobject> - <imageobject role="fo"> + <imageobject role="fo"> <imagedata align="center" contentwidth="150mm" fileref="images/workspacelist.png" format="PNG" /> </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </step> - <step> + <step> <para> Click the <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="images/greentick.png" format="PNG" /> </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject> in the row of the node that you want to add, the path that the node will appear in the <emphasis role="bold">Path Node</emphasis> field and the name of the node is set by the name of the selected node. You can also edit this name. </para> - <mediaobject> + <mediaobject> <imageobject role="html"> <imagedata align="center" fileref="images/symlinkmanagercompleted.png" format="PNG" scale="90" width="444" /> </imageobject> - <imageobject role="fo"> + <imageobject role="fo"> <imagedata align="center" contentwidth="150mm" fileref="images/symlinkmanagercompleted.png" format="PNG" width="444" /> </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </step> - <step> + <step> <para> Click <emphasis role="bold">Save</emphasis> to add symlink. </para> - <mediaobject> + <mediaobject> <imageobject role="html"> <imagedata align="center" fileref="images/symlinkadded.png" format="PNG" scale="90" width="444" /> </imageobject> - <imageobject role="fo"> + <imageobject role="fo"> <imagedata align="center" contentwidth="150mm" fileref="images/symlinkadded.png" format="PNG" width="444" /> </imageobject> + </mediaobject> - <para> + <para> You can select mupltiple nodes at once by holding the <emphasis role="bold">Ctrl</emphasis> or <emphasis role="bold">Shift</emphasis> key and select nodes or move mouse over nodes. By using this feature, you can take some actions (copy, cut, delete, lock/unlock) on different nodes at the same time. </para> + </step> + </procedure> + + </section> - - <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Manage_Folders-CutCopy_and_Paste_Folders"> + <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Manage_Folders-CutCopy_and_Paste_Folders"> <title>Cut/Copy and Paste Folders</title> - <para> + <para> Folders can be &#39;cut&#39; or &#39;copied&#39; to new locations. &#39;Cutting&#39; and folder will delete the original location once the folder is &#39;pasted&#39; elsewhere. &#39;Copying&#39; will retain the original location after the folder has been relocated. </para> - <para> + <para> There are two ways to copy/move folders to other places: </para> - <procedure id="proc-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-CutCopy_and_Paste_Folders-Method_One"> + <procedure id="proc-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-CutCopy_and_Paste_Folders-Method_One"> <title>Method One</title> - <step> + <step> <para> Select a folder that you want to cut/copy on the left or right panel. </para> + </step> - <step> + <step> <para> Right-click the selected folder and select <emphasis role="bold">Cut</emphasis> or <emphasis role="bold">Copy</emphasis> from the menu. </para> - <mediaobject> + <mediaobject> <imageobject role="html"> <imagedata align="center" fileref="images/folderrightmenu.png" format="PNG" scale="100" /> </imageobject> - <imageobject role="fo"> + <imageobject role="fo"> <imagedata align="center" contentwidth="150mm" fileref="images/folderrightmenu.png" format="PNG" /> </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </step> - <step> + <step> <para> Select the path to the destination node that you want to move or copy the selected folder to. </para> + </step> - <step> + <step> <para> Right-click the destination node and select the <emphasis role="bold">Paste</emphasis> item in the menu. </para> - <mediaobject> + <mediaobject> <imageobject role="html"> <imagedata align="center" fileref="images/symlinkpaste.png" format="PNG" scale="100" /> </imageobject> - <imageobject role="fo"> + <imageobject role="fo"> <imagedata align="center" contentwidth="150mm" fileref="images/symlinkpaste.png" format="PNG" /> </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </step> - <step> + <step> <para> The cut/copied folder (and its sub-folders) will be pasted to the new selected path. </para> + </step> + </procedure> - <note> + <note> <title>Copy/Paste Information</title> - <itemizedlist> + <itemizedlist> <listitem> <para> You only can take the Cut/Copy action if you have a right on the source node. </para> + </listitem> - <listitem> + <listitem> <para> You only can take the Paste action if you have a right on the destination node. </para> + </listitem> - <listitem> + <listitem> <para> If the destination node has the same name with the cut/copied node, after being pasted, the pasted node will be added an index with its name. For example, in this case, if “new folder” contains a node with name “Live”, then after the paste action, in “new folder” there are two nodes with name Live and Live[2]. </para> + </listitem> - <listitem> + <listitem> <para> You can not Cut/Copy a content folder into a document folder. </para> + </listitem> - <listitem> + <listitem> <para> After taking the Cut/Copy action, you can take the Paste action on different nodes before taking another Copy or Cut action. </para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </note> - <procedure id="proc-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-CutCopy_and_Paste_Folders-Method_Two"> + <procedure id="proc-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-CutCopy_and_Paste_Folders-Method_Two"> <title>Method Two</title> - <step> + <step> <para> Right-click a folder that you want to relocate or copy and select the <emphasis role="bold">Cut</emphasis> or <emphasis role="bold">Copy</emphasis> item in the menu: </para> - <mediaobject> + <mediaobject> <imageobject role="html"> <imagedata align="center" fileref="images/folderrightmenu.png" format="PNG" scale="100" /> </imageobject> - <imageobject role="fo"> + <imageobject role="fo"> <imagedata align="center" contentwidth="150mm" fileref="images/folderrightmenu.png" format="PNG" /> </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </step> - <step> + <step> <para> Select the path to the destination node that you want to move or copy the selected folder to. </para> + </step> - <step> + <step> <para> Select the Clipboard item: </para> - <mediaobject> + <mediaobject> <imageobject role="html"> <imagedata align="center" fileref="images/clipboarditem.png" format="PNG" scale="100" /> </imageobject> - <imageobject role="fo"> + <imageobject role="fo"> <imagedata align="center" contentwidth="150mm" fileref="images/clipboarditem.png" format="PNG" /> </imageobject> + </mediaobject> - <para> + <para> There will be a list of copy/cut items waiting to be pasted: </para> - <mediaobject> + <mediaobject> <imageobject role="html"> <imagedata align="center" fileref="images/clipboarditemlist.png" format="PNG" scale="100" /> </imageobject> - <imageobject role="fo"> + <imageobject role="fo"> <imagedata align="center" contentwidth="150mm" fileref="images/clipboarditemlist.png" format="PNG" /> </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </step> - <step> + <step> <para> Click the <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="images/clipboardicon.png" format="PNG" /> </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject> icon to past the cut/copied node into the destination node selected in step 3. </para> + </step> - <step> + <step> <para> You can click on the <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="images/trashicon.png" format="PNG" /> </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject> to delete a specific waiting statement. </para> - <para> + <para> Or you can click the <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="images/clearallbutton.png" format="PNG" /> </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject> to delete all waiting statements in the list. </para> + </step> + </procedure> - <para> + <para> There will be a successful/unsuccessful message with the destination path or detailed reason after taking the Paste action. </para> - <note> + <note> <title>Copy/Paste Information</title> - <itemizedlist> + <itemizedlist> <listitem> <para> You only can take the Cut/Copy/Paste action if you have a right on the source/destination node </para> + </listitem> - <listitem> + <listitem> <para> If the destination node has the same name as the cut/copied node, after being pasted, the new node will be added an index with its name. For example, in this case, if “new folder” contains a node with name “Live”, after taking the Paste action, in “new folder” there are two nodes named Live and Live[2] </para> + </listitem> - <listitem> + <listitem> <para> You can not cut/copy a content folder into a document folder. </para> + </listitem> - <listitem> + <listitem> <para> If there is more than one Cut/Copy action on 1 folder, in Clipboard only the nearest action is listed to wait for the Paste action. </para> + </listitem> - <listitem> + <listitem> <para> If you delete the cut/copy waiting statement from a Clipboard, the Paste action in a right-click menu also be deleted. </para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </note> + </section> - - <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Manage_Folders-Delete_folders"> + <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Manage_Folders-Delete_folders"> <title>Delete folders</title> - <para> + <para> Thsi function helps you remove folders easily. </para> - <procedure> + <procedure> <title></title> - <step> + <step> <para> Right-click a folder that you want to delete. </para> + </step> - <step> + <step> <para> Select <emphasis role="bold">Delete</emphasis> from the menu. </para> - <para> + <para> A confirmation message will appear: </para> - <mediaobject> + <mediaobject> <imageobject role="html"> <imagedata align="center" fileref="images/confirmdelete.png" format="PNG" scale="90" width="444" /> </imageobject> - <imageobject role="fo"> + <imageobject role="fo"> <imagedata align="center" contentwidth="150mm" fileref="images/confirmdelete.png" format="PNG" width="444" /> </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </step> - <step> + <step> <para> Click <emphasis role="bold">OK</emphasis> in the confirmation message to delete the folder or <emphasis role="bold">Cancel</emphasis> to quit. </para> + </step> + </procedure> - <note> + <note> <title>Delete Rights</title> - <itemizedlist> + <itemizedlist> <listitem> <para> You can only take the <emphasis role="bold">Delete</emphasis> action if you have the right on a node. </para> + </listitem> - <listitem> + <listitem> <para> If the deleted node also contains sub-nodes, these will be deleted also. </para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </note> + </section> - - <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Manage_Folders-Drag_and_drop_folders"> + <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Manage_Folders-Drag_and_drop_folders"> <title>Drag and drop folders</title> - <para> + <para> This function allows you to move folders from a current location to another one by using the drag and drop feature. </para> - <procedure> + <procedure> <title></title> - <step> + <step> <para> Move a cursor on a folder or folders on the right panel (hold the <emphasis role="bold">Ctrl</emphasis> or <emphasis role="bold">Shift</emphasis> key to select multiple folders at once) until the cursor changes to <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="images/handcursor.png" format="PNG" /> </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject> . </para> - <mediaobject> + <mediaobject> <imageobject role="html"> <imagedata align="center" fileref="images/selectfolders.png" format="PNG" scale="90" width="444" /> </imageobject> - <imageobject role="fo"> + <imageobject role="fo"> <imagedata align="center" contentwidth="150mm" fileref="images/selectfolders.png" format="PNG" width="444" /> </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </step> - <step> + <step> <para> Press the left mouse button and then drag the selected folder(s) to another folder on either the right or left panes. </para> - <mediaobject> + <mediaobject> <imageobject role="html"> <imagedata align="center" fileref="images/draggingfolders.png" format="PNG" scale="90" width="444" /> </imageobject> - <imageobject role="fo"> + <imageobject role="fo"> <imagedata align="center" contentwidth="150mm" fileref="images/draggingfolders.png" format="PNG" width="444" /> </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </step> - <step> + <step> <para> Drop them into the selcted folder (by releaseing the left mouse button). All &#39;dragged&#39; folders will be relocated to the destination folder. </para> + </step> + </procedure> + + </section> - - <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Manage_Folders-LockUnlock_folders"> + <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Manage_Folders-LockUnlock_folders"> <title>Lock/Unlock folders</title> - <para> + <para> This function allows you to avoid changes to specific folders, actioned by others, during a specific time. </para> - <formalpara id="form-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-LockUnlock_folders-Lock_folders"> + <formalpara id="form-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-LockUnlock_folders-Lock_folders"> <title>Lock folders</title> - <para> + <para> Just right-click a folder (on either the right or left window panes) and select <emphasis role="bold">Lock</emphasis> from the menu. The selected folder will be locked. </para> + </formalpara> - <note> + <note> <title>Locking Rights</title> - <itemizedlist> + <itemizedlist> <listitem> <para> Only users with appropriate rights can lock folders. </para> + </listitem> - <listitem> + <listitem> <para> After locking, other users can only view the folder. </para> + </listitem> - <listitem> + <listitem> <para> The lock will be kept current for a session only. if the locking user signs out, the node will be unlocked </para> + </listitem> - <listitem> + <listitem> <para> Other users can create a copy of the locked node (by using the <emphasis role="bold">Copy/Paste</emphasis> functions outlined above), however the original node cannot be removed or altered. </para> + </listitem> - <listitem> + <listitem> <para> If no action is taken on a locked node within 30 minutes, the lock will be automatically removed. </para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </note> - <formalpara id="form-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-LockUnlock_folders-Unlock_folders"> + <formalpara id="form-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-LockUnlock_folders-Unlock_folders"> <title>Unlock folders</title> - <para> + <para> To unlock a folder, right-click a locked folder and select the <emphasis role="bold">Unlock</emphasis> item on the menu. The folder will then be unlocked and other users can take actions on it. </para> + </formalpara> + </section> - - <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Manage_Folders-Rename_folders"> + <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Manage_Folders-Rename_folders"> <title>Rename folders</title> - <para> + <para> This function is used to change the name of a folder. </para> - <procedure> + <procedure> <title></title> - <step> + <step> <para> Right-click a folder that you want to rename then select <emphasis role="bold">Rename</emphasis> from the menu: </para> - <mediaobject> + <mediaobject> <imageobject role="html"> <imagedata align="center" fileref="images/renameoption.png" format="PNG" scale="100" /> </imageobject> - <imageobject role="fo"> + <imageobject role="fo"> <imagedata align="center" contentwidth="150mm" fileref="images/renameoption.png" format="PNG" /> </imageobject> + </mediaobject> - <para> + <para> The rename form will appear: </para> - <mediaobject> + <mediaobject> <imageobject role="html"> <imagedata align="center" fileref="images/renameform.png" format="PNG" scale="90" width="444" /> </imageobject> - <imageobject role="fo"> + <imageobject role="fo"> <imagedata align="center" contentwidth="150mm" fileref="images/renameform.png" format="PNG" width="444" /> </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </step> - <step> + <step> <para> Input a new name in the <emphasis role="bold">Name</emphasis> field. You can also change the title of this folder by entering a new one in the <emphasis role="bold">Title</emphasis> field. </para> + </step> - <step> + <step> <para> Click save to commit the new details. </para> + </step> + </procedure> + + </section> - - <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Manage_Folders-WebDAV_view"> + <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Manage_Folders-WebDAV_view"> <title>WebDAV view</title> - <para> + <para> WebDAV enables you to access files, folders and read/write documents over the web. WebDAV viewing makes it quick, easy and flexible to take action on nodes. </para> - <para> + <para> To use WebDAV to view nodes: right-click a node (in either the left or right panes), then selct the <emphasis role="bold">Download and Allow Edition</emphasis> option in the menu. </para> - <para> + <para> The view of each node will differ between node types: </para> - <itemizedlist> + <itemizedlist> <listitem> <para> <emphasis role="bold">Folder</emphasis>: The sub-nodes list of the current folder will be displayed in WebDAV. </para> + </listitem> - <listitem> + <listitem> <para> <emphasis role="bold">nt:file</emphasis>: The content of the document will be shown. </para> + </listitem> - <listitem> + <listitem> <para> <emphasis role="bold">Article</emphasis>: This node type does not, by default, list any folders. However, if the Article includes actions, added language or other data, all folders will be listed and named; <emphasis>exo:actions</emphasis>, <emphasis>exo:language</emphasis> and so on. </para> + </listitem> - <listitem> + <listitem> <para> <emphasis role="bold">Podcast</emphasis>: Veiwed in WebDAV, this node type will be attached a form that users have to complete to download this document. </para> + </listitem> - <listitem> + <listitem> <para> <emphasis role="bold">Sample node</emphasis>: This node lists folder names as <emphasis>exo:images</emphasis>. Like <emphasis role="bold">Article</emphasis>, if the <emphasis role="bold">Sample</emphasis> node contains actions or added languages, folders will be named <emphasis>exo:actions</emphasis>, <emphasis>exo:language</emphasis> and so on. </para> + </listitem> - <listitem> + <listitem> <para> <emphasis role="bold">File Plan</emphasis>: This node behaves the same way as <emphasis role="bold">Article</emphasis> and <emphasis role="bold">Sample node</emphasis>. </para> + </listitem> - <listitem> + <listitem> <para> <emphasis role="bold">Kofax</emphasis>: This node behaves the same way as <emphasis role="bold">Article</emphasis> and <emphasis role="bold">Sample node</emphasis> </para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> - <note> + <note> <title>Downloaded Content</title> - <para> + <para> Some document types cannot be viewed directly in WebDAV and require the content to be downloaded and opened in a suitable application. </para> + </note> + </section> - - <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Manage_Folders-Overload_Thumbnails"> + <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Manage_Folders-Overload_Thumbnails"> <title>Overload Thumbnails</title> - <para> + <para> You can &#39;overload&#39; a thumbnail image for a folder. Overloading allows a folder to be represented by a thumbnail image, rather than a folder icon. </para> - <para> + <para> To overload a thumbnail: </para> - <procedure> + <procedure> <title></title> - <step> + <step> <para> Select the folder you wish to overload with a thumbnail image. </para> + </step> - <step> + <step> <para> Click <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="images/overloadthumbnail.png" format="PNG" /> </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject> on the Action Bar. </para> - <para> + <para> The <emphasis role="bold">Add thumbnail image</emphasis> form appears: </para> - <mediaobject> + <mediaobject> <imageobject role="html"> <imagedata align="center" fileref="images/addthumbnail.png" format="PNG" scale="90" width="444" /> </imageobject> - <imageobject role="fo"> + <imageobject role="fo"> <imagedata align="center" contentwidth="150mm" fileref="images/addthumbnail.png" format="PNG" width="444" /> </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </step> - <step> + <step> <para> Click <emphasis role="bold">Browse...</emphasis> button to select the image to use as the display icon for the selected folder. </para> + </step> - <step> + <step> <para> Click <emphasis role="bold">Save</emphasis> to commit the change. The node will be sotred in an <emphasis>exo:thuumbnails</emphasis> folder. </para> - <mediaobject> + <mediaobject> <imageobject role="html"> <imagedata align="center" fileref="images/exothumbnailsfolder.png" format="PNG" scale="90" width="444" /> </imageobject> - <imageobject role="fo"> + <imageobject role="fo"> <imagedata align="center" contentwidth="150mm" fileref="images/exothumbnailsfolder.png" format="PNG" width="444" /> </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </step> + </procedure> + + </section> + </section> - - <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Actions_In_Sites_Explorer-Manage_Documents_in_Sites_Explorer"> + + <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Actions_In_Sites_Explorer-Manage_Documents_in_Sites_Explorer"> <title>Manage Documents in Sites Explorer</title> - <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Manage_Documents_in_Sites_Explorer-Create_a_document"> + <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Manage_Documents_in_Sites_Explorer-Create_a_document"> <title>Create a document</title> - <para> + <para> There are several types of document: <emphasis role="bold">File</emphasis>, <emphasis role="bold">Article</emphasis>, <emphasis role="bold">Podcast</emphasis>, <emphasis role="bold">Sample node</emphasis>, <emphasis role="bold">File Plan</emphasis>, <emphasis role="bold">Kofax</emphasis>. </para> - <para> + <para> The table below outlines which nodes types different document types can be added to. The rows indicate what the node in the left column can be added to. The columns indicate what the node at the top can contain. </para> - <table> + <table> <title></title> - <tgroup cols="9"> + <tgroup cols="9"> <thead> <row> <entry> + </entry> - <entry> + <entry> File </entry> - <entry> + <entry> Article </entry> - <entry> + <entry> Podcast </entry> - <entry> + <entry> Sample node </entry> - <entry> + <entry> File Plan </entry> - <entry> + <entry> Kofax document </entry> - <entry> + <entry> Content folder </entry> - <entry> + <entry> Document folder </entry> + </row> + </thead> - <tbody> + <tbody> <row> <entry> File </entry> - <entry align="center"> + <entry align="center"> <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="images/greentick.png" format="PNG" /> </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject> + </entry> - <entry align="center"> + <entry align="center"> <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="images/greentick.png" format="PNG" /> </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject> + </entry> - <entry align="center"> + <entry align="center"> <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="images/greentick.png" format="PNG" /> </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject> + </entry> - <entry align="center"> + <entry align="center"> <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="images/greentick.png" format="PNG" /> </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject> + </entry> - <entry align="center"> + <entry align="center"> <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="images/greentick.png" format="PNG" /> </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject> + </entry> - <entry align="center"> + <entry align="center"> <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="images/greentick.png" format="PNG" /> </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject> + </entry> - <entry align="center"> + <entry align="center"> <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="images/greentick.png" format="PNG" /> </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject> + </entry> - <entry align="center"> + <entry align="center"> <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="images/greentick.png" format="PNG" /> </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject> + </entry> + </row> - <row> + <row> <entry> Article </entry> - <entry align="center"> + <entry align="center"> <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="images/greentick.png" format="PNG" /> </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject> + </entry> - <entry> + <entry> + </entry> - <entry align="center"> + <entry align="center"> <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="images/greentick.png" format="PNG" /> </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject> + </entry> - <entry align="center"> + <entry align="center"> + </entry> - <entry align="center"> + <entry align="center"> + </entry> - <entry align="center"> + <entry align="center"> <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="images/greentick.png" format="PNG" /> </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject> + </entry> - <entry align="center"> + <entry align="center"> <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="images/greentick.png" format="PNG" /> </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject> + </entry> - <entry align="center"> + <entry align="center"> + </entry> + </row> - <row> + <row> <entry> Podcast </entry> - <entry align="center"> + <entry align="center"> <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="images/greentick.png" format="PNG" /> </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject> + </entry> - <entry align="center"> + <entry align="center"> <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="images/greentick.png" format="PNG" /> </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject> + </entry> - <entry align="center"> + <entry align="center"> <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="images/greentick.png" format="PNG" /> </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject> + </entry> - <entry align="center"> + <entry align="center"> <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="images/greentick.png" format="PNG" /> </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject> + </entry> - <entry align="center"> + <entry align="center"> <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="images/greentick.png" format="PNG" /> </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject> + </entry> - <entry align="center"> + <entry align="center"> <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="images/greentick.png" format="PNG" /> </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject> + </entry> - <entry align="center"> + <entry align="center"> <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="images/greentick.png" format="PNG" /> </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject> + </entry> - <entry align="center"> + <entry align="center"> <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="images/greentick.png" format="PNG" /> </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject> + </entry> + </row> - <row> + <row> <entry> Sample node </entry> - <entry align="center"> + <entry align="center"> <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="images/greentick.png" format="PNG" /> </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject> + </entry> - <entry align="center"> + <entry align="center"> + </entry> - <entry align="center"> + <entry align="center"> <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="images/greentick.png" format="PNG" /> </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject> + </entry> - <entry align="center"> + <entry align="center"> + </entry> - <entry align="center"> + <entry align="center"> + </entry> - <entry align="center"> + <entry align="center"> <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="images/greentick.png" format="PNG" /> </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject> + </entry> - <entry align="center"> + <entry align="center"> <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="images/greentick.png" format="PNG" /> </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject> + </entry> - <entry align="center"> + <entry align="center"> + </entry> + </row> - <row> + <row> <entry> File Plan </entry> - <entry align="center"> + <entry align="center"> <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="images/greentick.png" format="PNG" /> </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject> + </entry> - <entry align="center"> + <entry align="center"> + </entry> - <entry align="center"> + <entry align="center"> <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="images/greentick.png" format="PNG" /> </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject> + </entry> - <entry align="center"> + <entry align="center"> + </entry> - <entry align="center"> + <entry align="center"> <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="images/greentick.png" format="PNG" /> </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject> + </entry> - <entry align="center"> + <entry align="center"> <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="images/greentick.png" format="PNG" /> </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject> + </entry> - <entry align="center"> + <entry align="center"> <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="images/greentick.png" format="PNG" /> </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject> + </entry> - <entry align="center"> + <entry align="center"> <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="images/greentick.png" format="PNG" /> </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject> + </entry> + </row> - <row> + <row> <entry> Kofax </entry> - <entry align="center"> + <entry align="center"> <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="images/greentick.png" format="PNG" /> </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject> + </entry> - <entry align="center"> + <entry align="center"> <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="images/greentick.png" format="PNG" /> </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject> + </entry> - <entry align="center"> + <entry align="center"> <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="images/greentick.png" format="PNG" /> </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject> + </entry> - <entry align="center"> + <entry align="center"> <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="images/greentick.png" format="PNG" /> </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject> + </entry> - <entry align="center"> + <entry align="center"> <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="images/greentick.png" format="PNG" /> </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject> + </entry> - <entry align="center"> + <entry align="center"> <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="images/greentick.png" format="PNG" /> </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject> + </entry> - <entry align="center"> + <entry align="center"> <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="images/greentick.png" format="PNG" /> </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject> + </entry> - <entry align="center"> + <entry align="center"> + </entry> + </row> - <row> + <row> <entry> Uploaded file </entry> - <entry align="center"> + <entry align="center"> <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="images/greentick.png" format="PNG" /> </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject> + </entry> - <entry align="center"> + <entry align="center"> <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="images/greentick.png" format="PNG" /> </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject> + </entry> - <entry align="center"> + <entry align="center"> <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="images/greentick.png" format="PNG" /> </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject> + </entry> - <entry align="center"> + <entry align="center"> <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="images/greentick.png" format="PNG" /> </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject> + </entry> - <entry align="center"> + <entry align="center"> <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="images/greentick.png" format="PNG" /> </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject> + </entry> - <entry align="center"> + <entry align="center"> <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="images/greentick.png" format="PNG" /> </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject> + </entry> - <entry align="center"> + <entry align="center"> <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="images/greentick.png" format="PNG" /> </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject> + </entry> - <entry align="center"> + <entry align="center"> <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="images/greentick.png" format="PNG" /> </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject> + </entry> + </row> - <row> + <row> <entry> Content folder </entry> - <entry align="center"> + <entry align="center"> <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="images/greentick.png" format="PNG" /> </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject> + </entry> - <entry align="center"> + <entry align="center"> <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="images/greentick.png" format="PNG" /> </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject> + </entry> - <entry align="center"> + <entry align="center"> <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="images/greentick.png" format="PNG" /> </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject> + </entry> - <entry align="center"> + <entry align="center"> <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="images/greentick.png" format="PNG" /> </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject> + </entry> - <entry align="center"> + <entry align="center"> + </entry> - <entry align="center"> + <entry align="center"> <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="images/greentick.png" format="PNG" /> </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject> + </entry> - <entry align="center"> + <entry align="center"> <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="images/greentick.png" format="PNG" /> </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject> + </entry> - <entry align="center"> + <entry align="center"> + </entry> + </row> - <row> + <row> <entry> Document folder </entry> - <entry align="center"> + <entry align="center"> <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="images/greentick.png" format="PNG" /> </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject> + </entry> - <entry align="center"> + <entry align="center"> + </entry> - <entry align="center"> + <entry align="center"> <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="images/greentick.png" format="PNG" /> </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject> + </entry> - <entry align="center"> + <entry align="center"> + </entry> - <entry align="center"> + <entry align="center"> <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="images/greentick.png" format="PNG" /> </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject> + </entry> - <entry align="center"> + <entry align="center"> <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="images/greentick.png" format="PNG" /> </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject> + </entry> - <entry align="center"> + <entry align="center"> <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="images/greentick.png" format="PNG" /> </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject> + </entry> - <entry align="center"> + <entry align="center"> <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="images/greentick.png" format="PNG" /> </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject> + </entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </tgroup> + </table> - <para> + <para> To create a new document, open the <emphasis role="bold">Add New Document</emphasis> form and choose a document type (template). </para> - <para> + <para> To create a new document: </para> - <procedure> + <procedure> <title></title> - <step> + <step> <para> Select a folder that you want to add a new document to from the left pane. </para> + </step> - <step> + <step> <para> Select the <emphasis role="bold">Actions</emphasis> tab, the click <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="images/adddocumenticon.png" format="PNG" /> </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject> . </para> - <mediaobject> + <mediaobject> <imageobject role="html"> <imagedata align="center" fileref="images/actionstab.png" format="PNG" scale="90" /> </imageobject> - <imageobject role="fo"> + <imageobject role="fo"> <imagedata align="center" contentwidth="150mm" fileref="images/actionstab.png" format="PNG" /> </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </step> - <step> + <step> <para> Select the document type (template) that you want to create from the drop-down list (Article is selected by default). </para> - <para> + <para> Each document (except Article) must be added to catagories when created. </para> + </step> + </procedure> - <para> + <para> To add Categories for a document do the following: </para> - <procedure> + <procedure> <title></title> - <step> + <step> <para> Open the <emphasis role="bold">Add Categories </emphasis> form. (See Step 3 in <xref linkend="proc-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Create_a_new_web_content-Add_new_content" />) </para> + </step> - <step> + <step> <para> Click <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="images/addplusicon.png" format="PNG" /> </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject> - . The following window will appear: + . The following window will appear: </para> - <mediaobject> + <mediaobject> <imageobject role="html"> <imagedata align="center" fileref="images/taxonomytree.png" format="PNG" scale="90" width="444" /> </imageobject> - <imageobject role="fo"> + <imageobject role="fo"> <imagedata align="center" contentwidth="150mm" fileref="images/taxonomytree.png" format="PNG" width="444" /> </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </step> - <step> + <step> <para> Select categories by clicking the <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="images/greentick.png" format="PNG" /> </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject> icon. Click <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="images/blackplus.png" format="PNG" /> </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject> to open child nodes of the categories. </para> - <mediaobject> + <mediaobject> <imageobject role="html"> <imagedata align="center" fileref="images/categorychildren.png" format="PNG" scale="90" width="444" /> </imageobject> - <imageobject role="fo"> + <imageobject role="fo"> <imagedata align="center" contentwidth="150mm" fileref="images/categorychildren.png" format="PNG" width="444" /> </imageobject> + </mediaobject> - <note> + <note> <title>Further Actions</title> - <itemizedlist> + <itemizedlist> <listitem> <para> More categories can be added by repeating the above steps. </para> + </listitem> - <listitem> + <listitem> <para> Use the <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="images/trashicon.png" format="PNG" /> </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject> to delete categories. </para> + </listitem> - <listitem> + <listitem> <para> Information about the Manage Categories function can be found in xref=&#34;&#34; </para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </note> + </step> + </procedure> + + </section> - - <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Manage_Documents_in_Sites_Explorer-Create_a_new_File_document"> + + <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Manage_Documents_in_Sites_Explorer-Create_a_new_File_document"> <title>Create a new File document</title> - <procedure> + <procedure> <title></title> - <step> + <step> <para> Open the <emphasis role="bold">Add New Document</emphasis> form (instructions in xref=&#34;&#34;), then select <emphasis role="bold">File</emphasis> from the drop-down list. </para> + </step> - <step> + <step> <para> Input name for file document in the Name field. Some special characters can not be used in the Name field: @ # % &amp; * ( ) “ &#39; : ; [ ] {} / ! </para> + </step> - <step> + <step> <para> Click the <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="images/droparrow.png" format="PNG" /> </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject> to see the <emphasis role="bold">Mime Type</emphasis> list and select one. There are two types of File document for you to choose: </para> - <itemizedlist> + <itemizedlist> <listitem> <para> <emphasis role="bold">text/html</emphasis>: when creating a text/html File document, you can input value in the Content field like source code (HyperText Markup Language HTML). After being created, it will generate the content you want, then you can see both the inputted source code and the generated content in that document. </para> + </listitem> - <listitem> + <listitem> <para> <emphasis role="bold">text/plain</emphasis>: after being created, it will display exactly what you inputted in the Content field.html. </para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </step> - <step> + <step> <para> Input a value in the <emphasis role="bold">Content</emphasis> field: </para> - <itemizedlist> + <itemizedlist> <listitem> <para> <emphasis role="bold">text/html</emphasis>: If you want to create a File document with a source code and generated content, click @@ -3231,1939 +3850,3348 @@ <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="images/sourceicon.png" format="PNG" /> </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject> in the editor bar. In this mode, only Save, New Page, Preview icons in editor bar are visible for using. Click the <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="images/previewicon.png" format="PNG" /> </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject> to preview the generated content. </para> + </listitem> - <listitem> + <listitem> <para> <emphasis role="bold">text/plain</emphasis>: If you select text/plain type, the content field will be displayed like the following illustration: </para> - <mediaobject> + <mediaobject> <imageobject role="html"> <imagedata align="center" fileref="images/plaintextcontentform.png" format="PNG" scale="90" width="444" /> </imageobject> - <imageobject role="fo"> + <imageobject role="fo"> <imagedata align="center" contentwidth="150mm" fileref="images/plaintextcontentform.png" format="PNG" width="444" /> </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </step> - <step> + <step> <para> After inputting all required fields, click <emphasis role="bold">Save</emphasis> to accept creating a new file document or Cancel to quit without saving changes. </para> - <para> + <para> After being created successfully, a file document with type text/html will be displayed like the illustration below: </para> - <mediaobject> + <mediaobject> <imageobject role="html"> <imagedata align="center" fileref="images/htmltab.png" format="PNG" scale="90" width="444" /> </imageobject> - <imageobject role="fo"> + <imageobject role="fo"> <imagedata align="center" contentwidth="150mm" fileref="images/htmltab.png" format="PNG" width="444" /> </imageobject> + </mediaobject> - <mediaobject> + <mediaobject> <imageobject role="html"> <imagedata align="center" fileref="images/texttab.png" format="PNG" scale="90" width="444" /> </imageobject> - <imageobject role="fo"> + <imageobject role="fo"> <imagedata align="center" contentwidth="150mm" fileref="images/texttab.png" format="PNG" width="444" /> </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </step> + </procedure> + + </section> - - <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Manage_Documents_in_Sites_Explorer-Create_a_new_Article"> + + <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Manage_Documents_in_Sites_Explorer-Create_a_new_Article"> <title>Create a new Article</title> - <procedure> + <procedure> <title></title> - <step> + <step> <para> Follow these steps to open the <emphasis role="bold">Add New Document</emphasis> form (refer to step 3 in <xref linkend="proc-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Create_a_new_web_content-Add_new_content" />), then select <emphasis role="bold">Article</emphasis> from the drop-down list. (Actually, Article is selected by default). </para> - <para> + <para> The Add New Document form will be displayed like the following illustration: </para> - <mediaobject> + <mediaobject> <imageobject role="html"> <imagedata align="center" fileref="images/addnewdocumentarticle.png" format="PNG" scale="90" width="444" /> </imageobject> - <imageobject role="fo"> + <imageobject role="fo"> <imagedata align="center" contentwidth="150mm" fileref="images/addnewdocumentarticle.png" format="PNG" width="444" /> </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </step> - <step> + <step> <para> Input the name and the title of the Article in the Name and Title field, some special characters can not be used in the Name field (@ # % &amp; * ( ) “ &#39; : ; [ ] {} / !). </para> + </step> - <step> + <step> <para> Input value for the Summary field, and the Content field. </para> + </step> - <step> + <step> <para> Click Save to accept the inputted values, or Cancel to quit. </para> + </step> + </procedure> - <para> + <para> After being created, new added Article document will be like the illustration below: </para> - <mediaobject> + <mediaobject> <imageobject role="html"> <imagedata align="center" fileref="images/newarticle.png" format="PNG" scale="90" width="444" /> </imageobject> - <imageobject role="fo"> + <imageobject role="fo"> <imagedata align="center" contentwidth="150mm" fileref="images/newarticle.png" format="PNG" width="444" /> </imageobject> + </mediaobject> - <para> + <para> The Links is used to list all its related documents . After adding relations for a document, Article will be displayed. You can click these links to view a content of the related documents. </para> - <para> + <para> The Attachments is used to list all its uploaded files/documents that is attached with the Article. You can remove the attachments by clicking the <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="images/trashicon.png" format="PNG" /> </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject> - . + . </para> - <mediaobject> + <mediaobject> <imageobject role="html"> <imagedata align="center" fileref="images/attachments.png" format="PNG" scale="90" /> </imageobject> - <imageobject role="fo"> + <imageobject role="fo"> <imagedata align="center" contentwidth="150mm" fileref="images/attachments.png" format="PNG" /> </imageobject> + </mediaobject> - <para> - Instructions to add an attachment are in <xref linkend="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Manage_Documents_in_Sites_Explorer-Attach_files_to_a_document"/>. + <para> + Instructions to add an attachment are in <xref linkend="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Manage_Documents_in_Sites_Explorer-Attach_files_to_a_document" />. </para> + </section> - - <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Manage_Documents_in_Sites_Explorer-Create_a_New_Podcast"> + + <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Manage_Documents_in_Sites_Explorer-Create_a_New_Podcast"> <title>Create a New Podcast</title> - <procedure> + <procedure> <title></title> - <step> + <step> <para> Open the <emphasis role="bold">Add New Document</emphasis> form and select <emphasis role="bold">Podcast</emphasis> from the <emphasis role="bold">Select Template</emphasis> list. (Refer to step 3 in <xref linkend="proc-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Create_a_new_web_content-Add_new_content" /> for detailed instructions). </para> - <mediaobject> + <mediaobject> <imageobject role="html"> <imagedata align="center" fileref="images/addnewpodcast.png" format="PNG" scale="90" width="444" /> </imageobject> - <imageobject role="fo"> + <imageobject role="fo"> <imagedata align="center" contentwidth="150mm" fileref="images/addnewpodcast.png" format="PNG" width="444" /> </imageobject> + </mediaobject> - <table> + <table> <title></title> - <tgroup cols="2"> + <tgroup cols="2"> <thead> <row> <entry> Field </entry> - <entry> + <entry> Details </entry> + </row> + </thead> - <tbody> + <tbody> <row> <entry> Name </entry> - <entry> + <entry> The name of a document. This field is required. Some special characters are not allowed to input in the Name field(@ # % &amp; * ( ) “ &#39; : ; [ ] {} / !). </entry> + </row> - <row> + <row> <entry> Title </entry> - <entry> + <entry> The title of a document. </entry> + </row> - <row> + <row> <entry> Categories </entry> - <entry> + <entry> Categories of a document. </entry> + </row> - <row> + <row> <entry> Link </entry> - <entry> + <entry> The link to the source path of the uploaded media file. This field is required. </entry> + </row> - <row> + <row> <entry> Author </entry> - <entry> + <entry> The author of the uploaded media file. </entry> + </row> - <row> + <row> <entry> Explicit </entry> - <entry> + <entry> <para> It is used to indicate whether or not your podcast contains an explicit material. </para> - <para> + <para> There are two options: </para> - <itemizedlist> + <itemizedlist> <listitem> <para> <emphasis>Yes</emphasis>: an &#34;explicit&#34; parental advisory graphic will appear next to your podcast artwork </para> + </listitem> - <listitem> + <listitem> <para> <emphasis>No</emphasis>: you see no indicator – bank is default advisory type </para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </entry> + </row> - <row> + <row> <entry> Category </entry> - <entry> + <entry> The category of the uploaded media file, example: music, film, short clip, etc. </entry> + </row> - <row> + <row> <entry> Keyword </entry> - <entry> + <entry> Keyword allows you to search your podcast files more quickly. You can use commas to separate between keywords. </entry> + </row> - <row> + <row> <entry> Publish date </entry> - <entry> + <entry> The date when an episode was released. </entry> + </row> - <row> + <row> <entry> Description </entry> - <entry> + <entry> Information about the uploaded media file. </entry> + </row> - <row> + <row> <entry> Mime type </entry> - <entry> + <entry> The type of the uploaded media file. </entry> + </row> - <row> + <row> <entry> Length </entry> - <entry> + <entry> The length of the uploaded media file. </entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </tgroup> + </table> + </step> - <step> + <step> <para> Input values for fields. To upload a media file, click the <emphasis role="bold">Browse...</emphasis> button and select the media file from your machine. Then click <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="images/uploadicon.png" format="PNG" /> </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject> - next to the <emphasis role="bold">Browse...</emphasis> button. + next to the <emphasis role="bold">Browse...</emphasis> button. </para> + </step> - <step> + <step> <para> Click <emphasis role="bold">Save</emphasis> to finish, or <emphasis role="bold">Cancel</emphasis> to quit without saving changes. </para> + </step> + </procedure> - <para> + <para> Once created, a Podcast will appear as so: </para> - <mediaobject> + <mediaobject> <imageobject role="html"> <imagedata align="center" fileref="images/podcastscreen.png" format="PNG" scale="90" width="444" /> </imageobject> - <imageobject role="fo"> + <imageobject role="fo"> <imagedata align="center" contentwidth="150mm" fileref="images/podcastscreen.png" format="PNG" width="444" /> </imageobject> + </mediaobject> - <para> + <para> Podcasts can be listened to immediately, or transferred to another device. </para> + </section> - - <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Manage_Documents_in_Sites_Explorer-Create_a_new_Sample_node"> + + <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Manage_Documents_in_Sites_Explorer-Create_a_new_Sample_node"> <title>Create a new Sample node</title> - <procedure> + <procedure> <title></title> - <step> + <step> <para> Open the <emphasis role="bold">Add New Document</emphasis> window and select <emphasis role="bold">Sample node</emphasis> from the <emphasis role="bold">Select Template</emphasis> list. (Refer to step 3 in <xref linkend="proc-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Create_a_new_web_content-Add_new_content" /> for detailed instructions) </para> - <para> + <para> The <emphasis role="bold">Add New Sample Node</emphasis> form will appear: </para> - <mediaobject> + <mediaobject> <imageobject role="html"> <imagedata align="center" fileref="images/newsamplenodeform.png" format="PNG" scale="90" width="444" /> </imageobject> - <imageobject role="fo"> + <imageobject role="fo"> <imagedata align="center" contentwidth="150mm" fileref="images/newsamplenodeform.png" format="PNG" width="444" /> </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </step> - <step> + <step> <para> Complete the appropriate fields </para> + </step> - <step> + <step> <para> click <emphasis role="bold">Browse...</emphasis> and navigate to an image if you want to upload one. </para> + </step> + </procedure> - <mediaobject> + <mediaobject> <imageobject role="html"> <imagedata align="center" fileref="images/samplenodeformcompleted.png" format="PNG" scale="90" width="444" /> </imageobject> - <imageobject role="fo"> + <imageobject role="fo"> <imagedata align="center" contentwidth="150mm" fileref="images/samplenodeformcompleted.png" format="PNG" width="444" /> </imageobject> + </mediaobject> - <para> + <para> The Relations area is used to list all its related documents. See here </para> - <para> + <para> You can click the links to view content of the related document. </para> - <para> - The Attachments area is used to list all its uploaded files. See <xref linkend="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Manage_Documents_in_Sites_Explorer-Attach_files_to_a_document"/> + <para> + The Attachments area is used to list all its uploaded files. See <xref linkend="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Manage_Documents_in_Sites_Explorer-Attach_files_to_a_document" /> </para> + </section> - - <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Manage_Documents_in_Sites_Explorer-Create_a_new_File_Plan"> + + <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Manage_Documents_in_Sites_Explorer-Create_a_new_File_Plan"> <title>Create a new File Plan</title> - <procedure> + <procedure> <title></title> - <step> + <step> <para> Open the <emphasis role="bold">Add New Document</emphasis> window and select <emphasis role="bold">File plan</emphasis> from the <emphasis role="bold">Select Template</emphasis> list. (Refer to step 3 in <xref linkend="proc-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Create_a_new_web_content-Add_new_content" /> for detailed instructions) </para> - <para> + <para> The <emphasis role="bold">Add File plan</emphasis> form will appear: </para> - <!-- Doc Note: The content from this point until the next comment 'END' should probably be moved to a breakout explanation. Having it in the middle of a procedure breaks the flow of the steps. --> - <variablelist id="vari-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Create_a_new_File_Plan-Tabs_in_the_Add_File_plan_form"> + <!-- Doc Note: The content from this point until the next comment 'END' should probably be moved to a breakout explanation. Having it in the middle of a procedure breaks the flow of the steps. --> <variablelist id="vari-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Create_a_new_File_Plan-Tabs_in_the_Add_File_plan_form"> <title>Tabs in the <emphasis role="bold">Add File plan</emphasis> form</title> - <varlistentry> + <varlistentry> <term>The <emphasis role="bold">Name</emphasis> tab</term> - <listitem> + <listitem> <mediaobject> <imageobject role="html"> <imagedata align="center" fileref="images/addfileplanform.png" format="PNG" scale="90" width="444" /> </imageobject> - <imageobject role="fo"> + <imageobject role="fo"> <imagedata align="center" contentwidth="150mm" fileref="images/addfileplanform.png" format="PNG" width="444" /> </imageobject> + </mediaobject> - <table> + <table> <title></title> - <tgroup cols="2"> + <tgroup cols="2"> <thead> <row> <entry> Field </entry> - <entry> + <entry> Details </entry> + </row> + </thead> - <tbody> + <tbody> <row> <entry> Name </entry> - <entry> + <entry> The name of the file plan. </entry> + </row> - <row> + <row> <entry> Categories </entry> - <entry> + <entry> The categories of your file plan. Select the categories for your file plan by clicking the <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="images/addplusicon.png" format="PNG" /> </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject> button. </entry> + </row> - <row> + <row> <entry> File Plan note </entry> - <entry> + <entry> Note for presenting any other information for users. </entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </tgroup> + </table> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> + <varlistentry> <term>The <emphasis role="bold">Record properties</emphasis> tab</term> - <listitem> + <listitem> <mediaobject> <imageobject role="html"> <imagedata align="center" fileref="images/recordpropertiestab.png" format="PNG" scale="90" width="444" /> </imageobject> - <imageobject role="fo"> + <imageobject role="fo"> <imagedata align="center" contentwidth="150mm" fileref="images/recordpropertiestab.png" format="PNG" width="444" /> </imageobject> + </mediaobject> - <table> + <table> <title></title> - <tgroup cols="2"> + <tgroup cols="2"> <thead> <row> <entry> Field </entry> - <entry> + <entry> Details </entry> + </row> + </thead> - <tbody> + <tbody> <row> <entry> Record category identifier </entry> - <entry> + <entry> The alphanumeric or numeric identifier indicating a unique record category. This must be a unique ID and if left blank will be created automatically by the system. </entry> + </row> - <row> + <row> <entry> Disposition authority </entry> - <entry> + <entry> A reference number to the regulations that govern the disposition. </entry> + </row> - <row> + <row> <entry> Permanent record indicator </entry> - <entry> + <entry> A type of record indicators which should never be deleted. </entry> + </row> - <row> + <row> <entry> Disposition instructions </entry> - <entry> + <entry> A readable guidelines on how the records associated with the file plan will be handled. </entry> + </row> - <row> + <row> <entry> Contains records folder </entry> - <entry> + <entry> The confirmation is about whether the records folder is contained or not. </entry> + </row> - <row> + <row> <entry> Default media type </entry> - <entry> + <entry> The choice for preset media types which are made available to simplify the data entry for the record. The frequently-chosen value is &#34;electronic&#34; or paper. </entry> + </row> - <row> + <row> <entry> Default marking list </entry> - <entry> + <entry> Handling and classification information that are printed at the bottom of the record, such as UNCLASSIFIED or NOCONTRACT. </entry> + </row> - <row> + <row> <entry> Default originating organization </entry> - <entry> + <entry> This option is to enter the original arrangement as default which is made available to simplify the data entry for the record and to assume that originating organizations are the same for the information in the file plan. </entry> + </row> - <row> + <row> <entry> Vital record indicator </entry> - <entry> + <entry> This flag is to allow whether tracking or reminding you of the record as essential or not. </entry> + </row> - <row> + <row> <entry> Vital record review period </entry> - <entry> + <entry> The choice for the interval of time between vital record reviews. </entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </tgroup> + </table> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> - <varlistentry> + <varlistentry> <term>The <emphasis role="bold">Process Properties</emphasis> tab:</term> - <listitem> + <listitem> <mediaobject> <imageobject role="html"> <imagedata align="center" fileref="images/processproperties.png" format="PNG" scale="90" width="444" /> </imageobject> - <imageobject role="fo"> + <imageobject role="fo"> <imagedata align="center" contentwidth="150mm" fileref="images/processproperties.png" format="PNG" width="444" /> </imageobject> + </mediaobject> - <table> + <table> <title></title> - <tgroup cols="2"> + <tgroup cols="2"> <thead> <row> <entry> Field </entry> - <entry> + <entry> Details </entry> + </row> + </thead> - <tbody> + <tbody> <row> <entry> Process cutoffs </entry> - <entry> + <entry> The boolean datatype is used to break a process. If the process cutoff flag is set in the file plan, the record is cutoff after the expiration, or after it has been obsolete or superseded, depending on the information in the file plan. </entry> + </row> - <row> + <row> <entry> Event trigger </entry> - <entry> + <entry> The text datatype is an automatic executing code which is used to tell the event to perform some actions. </entry> + </row> - <row> + <row> <entry> Cutoff period </entry> - <entry> + <entry> The duration for the record cutoff performance. </entry> + </row> - <row> + <row> <entry> Cutoff on obsolete </entry> - <entry> + <entry> The record is cutoff when it is obsolete. </entry> + </row> - <row> + <row> <entry> Cutoff on superseded </entry> - <entry> + <entry> The record is cutoff when it is removed or replaced. </entry> + </row> - <row> + <row> <entry> Process hold </entry> - <entry> + <entry> This boolean datatype is used when a record process may be held before the further disposition is handled. </entry> + </row> - <row> + <row> <entry> Hold period </entry> - <entry> + <entry> The duration when a record may be held after cutoff which is normally measured in Years. </entry> + </row> - <row> + <row> <entry> Discretionary Hold </entry> - <entry> + <entry> The boolean datatype is used when a hold may be discretionary, such as after a command change. So, the discretionary hold flag allows the records management module to track these manual checks. </entry> + </row> - <row> + <row> <entry> Process transfer </entry> - <entry> + <entry> The boolean datatype is used to determine how a record process will be transferred. </entry> + </row> - <row> + <row> <entry> Default transfer location </entry> - <entry> + <entry> The text datatype is used to determine where a record is transferred by default. </entry> + </row> - <row> + <row> <entry> Transfer block size </entry> - <entry> + <entry> The float datatype is used to determine in what size blocks for organizational purposes that is normally measured in Years. </entry> + </row> - <row> + <row> <entry> Process accession </entry> - <entry> + <entry> The boolean datatype is flagged when a record which is held permanently must be ultimately transferred to the national records authority. </entry> + </row> - <row> + <row> <entry> Accession location </entry> - <entry> + <entry> The text datatype is flagged to specify an area for the accession transfer. </entry> + </row> - <row> + <row> <entry> Accession block size </entry> - <entry> + <entry> The text datatype is flagged to determine the blocks size for organizational purposes which is normally measured in Years. </entry> + </row> - <row> + <row> <entry> Process destruction </entry> - <entry> + <entry> The boolean datatype is flagged if there is any record to be destroyed. After that, the record is marked in the Alfresco system to be permanently destroyed so that all information, metadata and physical traces are removed and cannot be recovered. </entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </tgroup> + </table> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> - <!-- END --> + <!-- END --> </step> - <step> + <step> <para> Complete appropriate fields. </para> + </step> - <step> + <step> <para> Click <emphasis role="bold">Save</emphasis> to accept, or <emphasis role="bold">Cancel</emphasis> to quit. </para> + </step> + </procedure> - <para> + <para> Once created the new File plan will appear as so: </para> - <mediaobject> + <mediaobject> <imageobject role="html"> <imagedata align="center" fileref="images/fileplancontent.png" format="PNG" scale="90" width="444" /> </imageobject> - <imageobject role="fo"> + <imageobject role="fo"> <imagedata align="center" contentwidth="150mm" fileref="images/fileplancontent.png" format="PNG" width="444" /> </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </section> - - <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Manage_Documents_in_Sites_Explorer-Create_a_new_Kofax"> + + <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Manage_Documents_in_Sites_Explorer-Create_a_new_Kofax"> <title>Create a new Kofax</title> - <procedure> + <procedure> <title></title> - <step> + <step> <para> Open the <emphasis role="bold">Add New Document</emphasis> window and select <emphasis role="bold">Add New Kofax</emphasis> from the <emphasis role="bold">Select Template</emphasis> list. (Refer to step 3 in <xref linkend="proc-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Create_a_new_web_content-Add_new_content" /> for detailed instructions) </para> - <para> + <para> The <emphasis role="bold">Add New Kofax</emphasis> form will appear: </para> - <mediaobject> + <mediaobject> <imageobject role="html"> <imagedata align="center" fileref="images/addnewkofax.png" format="PNG" scale="90" width="444" /> </imageobject> - <imageobject role="fo"> + <imageobject role="fo"> <imagedata align="center" contentwidth="150mm" fileref="images/addnewkofax.png" format="PNG" width="444" /> </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </step> - <step> + <step> <para> Input a name for a Kofax document in the Name field. This field is required. Some special characters can not be used in the Name field(@ # % &amp; * ( ) “ &#39; : ; [ ] { } / !). </para> + </step> - <step> + <step> <para> Select categories for a Kofax document by clicking the <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="images/addplusicon.png" format="PNG" /> </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject> icon. </para> + </step> - <step> + <step> <para> Click <emphasis role="bold">Save</emphasis> to commit changes or <emphasis role="bold">Cancel</emphasis> to quit. </para> + </step> + </procedure> - <para> + <para> After being created, a kofax document will be displayed like this illustration: </para> - <mediaobject> + <mediaobject> <imageobject role="html"> <imagedata align="center" fileref="images/kofaxdocument.png" format="PNG" scale="90" width="444" /> </imageobject> - <imageobject role="fo"> + <imageobject role="fo"> <imagedata align="center" contentwidth="150mm" fileref="images/kofaxdocument.png" format="PNG" width="444" /> </imageobject> + </mediaobject> - <para> + <para> The File View tab is used to display all added nodes in that kofax. Besides, all added files in kofax are also displayed in the Document View tab: </para> - <mediaobject> + <mediaobject> <imageobject role="html"> <imagedata align="center" fileref="images/kofaxdocumentview.png" format="PNG" scale="90" width="444" /> </imageobject> - <imageobject role="fo"> + <imageobject role="fo"> <imagedata align="center" contentwidth="150mm" fileref="images/kofaxdocumentview.png" format="PNG" width="444" /> </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </section> - - <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Manage_Documents_in_Sites_Explorer-Create_new_Event"> + + <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Manage_Documents_in_Sites_Explorer-Create_new_Event"> <title>Create new Event</title> - <procedure> + <procedure> <title></title> - <step> + <step> <para> Open the <emphasis role="bold">Add New Document</emphasis> window and select <emphasis role="bold">Event</emphasis> from the <emphasis role="bold">Select Template</emphasis> list. (Refer to step 3 in <xref linkend="proc-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Create_a_new_web_content-Add_new_content" /> for detailed instructions) </para> - <para> + <para> The <emphasis role="bold">Add New Event</emphasis> window will appear: </para> - <mediaobject> + <mediaobject> <imageobject role="html"> <imagedata align="center" fileref="images/neweventform.png" format="PNG" scale="" width="444" /> </imageobject> - <imageobject role="fo"> + <imageobject role="fo"> <imagedata align="center" contentwidth="150mm" fileref="images/neweventform.png" format="PNG" width="444" /> </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </step> - <step> + <step> <para> Enter a title for the event. </para> + </step> - <step> + <step> <para> Input the location where the event will take place in <emphasis role="bold">Location</emphasis> field. Check the Google Maps checkbox if you want the location of the event shown on Google Maps. </para> + </step> - <step> + <step> <para> Enter the <emphasis role="bold">Start</emphasis> and <emphasis role="bold">End Date/time</emphasis> of the event. </para> + </step> - <step> + <step> <para> Fill the <emphasis role="bold">Summary</emphasis> and <emphasis role="bold">Content</emphasis> fields. </para> + </step> - <step> + <step> <para> Click <emphasis role="bold">Save</emphasis> to commit the event, or <emphasis role="bold">Cancel</emphasis> to quit without saving changes. </para> + </step> + </procedure> - <para> + <para> After being created, the event wll be displayed like the illustration bellow: </para> - <mediaobject> + <mediaobject> <imageobject role="html"> <imagedata align="center" fileref="images/eventdisplay.png" format="PNG" scale="" width="444" /> </imageobject> - <imageobject role="fo"> + <imageobject role="fo"> <imagedata align="center" contentwidth="150mm" fileref="images/eventdisplay.png" format="PNG" width="444" /> </imageobject> + </mediaobject> - <para> + <para> The event will be displayed in a website as: </para> - <mediaobject> + <mediaobject> <imageobject role="html"> <imagedata align="center" fileref="images/eventdisplayweb.png" format="PNG" scale="" width="444" /> </imageobject> - <imageobject role="fo"> + <imageobject role="fo"> <imagedata align="center" contentwidth="150mm" fileref="images/eventdisplayweb.png" format="PNG" width="444" /> </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </section> - - <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Manage_Documents_in_Sites_Explorer-Attach_files_to_a_document"> + + <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Manage_Documents_in_Sites_Explorer-Attach_files_to_a_document"> <title>Attach files to a document</title> - <procedure> + <procedure> <title></title> - <step> + <step> <para> - Select the document that you want to attach files to and click <inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref="images/uploadicon2.png"/></imageobject></inlinemediaobject> in the <emphasis role="bold">Actions</emphasis> bar. + Select the document that you want to attach files to and click + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/uploadicon2.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject> + in the <emphasis role="bold">Actions</emphasis> bar. </para> - <para> - The <emphasis role="bold">Upload file</emphasis> form will appear. - </para> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject role="html"> - <imagedata fileref="images/uploadfilewindow.png" format="PNG" align="center" scale="" /> - </imageobject> - <imageobject role="fo"> - <imagedata fileref="images/uploadfilewindow.png" format="PNG" align="center" contentwidth="150mm" /> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> + <para> + The <emphasis role="bold">Upload file</emphasis> form will appear. + </para> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject role="html"> + <imagedata align="center" fileref="images/uploadfilewindow.png" format="PNG" scale="" width="444" /> + </imageobject> + <imageobject role="fo"> + <imagedata align="center" contentwidth="150mm" fileref="images/uploadfilewindow.png" format="PNG" width="444" /> + </imageobject> + + </mediaobject> + </step> - <step> - <para> - Enter a name into the <emphasis role="bold">Name</emphasis> field. - </para> - </step> - <step> - <para> - Click on <inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref="images/choosefilebutton.png"/></imageobject></inlinemediaobject> to select the attachment file. You can click <inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref="images/addplusicon.png"/></imageobject></inlinemediaobject> to add multiple files. - </para> - </step> - <step> - <para> - Click <emphasis role="bold">Save</emphasis> to attach the files or <emphasis role="bold">Cancel</emphasis> to to quit. - </para> - </step> + <step> + <para> + Enter a name into the <emphasis role="bold">Name</emphasis> field. + </para> + + </step> + <step> + <para> + Click on + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/choosefilebutton.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject> + to select the attachment file. You can click + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/addplusicon.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject> + to add multiple files. + </para> + + </step> + <step> + <para> + Click <emphasis role="bold">Save</emphasis> to attach the files or <emphasis role="bold">Cancel</emphasis> to to quit. + </para> + + </step> + </procedure> + + </section> + + <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Manage_Documents_in_Sites_Explorer-Edit_documents"> + <title>Edit documents</title> + <para> + There are two ways to edit a document. + </para> + <procedure id="proc-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Edit_documents-Method_One"> + <title>Method One</title> + <step> + <para> + Select the document you want to edit in the left pane + </para> - <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Manage_Documents_in_Sites_Explorer-Edit_documents"> - <title>Edit documents</title> - <para> - There are two ways to edit a document. - </para> - <procedure> - <title>Method One</title> - <step> - <para> - Select the document you want to edit in the left pane - </para> - </step> - <step> - <para> - Select the <emphasis role="bold">Actions</emphasis> tab to show the Actions bar. - </para> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject role="html"> - <imagedata fileref="images/actionbareditdocument.png" format="PNG" align="center" scale="" /> - </imageobject> - <imageobject role="fo"> - <imagedata fileref="images/actionbareditdocument.png" format="PNG" align="center" contentwidth="150mm" /> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </step> - <step> - <para> - Click <inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref="images/editdocumenticon.png"/></imageobject></inlinemediaobject> in the Action Bars - </para> - </step> - </procedure> - <para> - Or: - </para> - <procedure> - <title>Method Two</title> - <step> - <para> - Select a folder that contains the document you want to edit. - </para> - </step> - <step> - <para> - Right-click the document you want to edit and select Edit from the menu. - </para> - <para> - The <emphasis role="bold">Edit Document</emphasis> form will appear. All information of the selected document will be displayed in this form and ready for you to change except the <emphasis role="bold">Name</emphasis> field. - </para> - </step> - <step> - <para> - Click <emphasis role="bold">Save</emphasis> to commit the changes. - </para> - </step> - </procedure> - </section> <!--Close Section: 3.3.4.4.10. Edit documents --> + </step> + <step> + <para> + Select the <emphasis role="bold">Actions</emphasis> tab to show the Actions bar. + </para> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject role="html"> + <imagedata align="center" fileref="images/actionbareditdocument.png" format="PNG" scale="" width="444" /> + </imageobject> + <imageobject role="fo"> + <imagedata align="center" contentwidth="150mm" fileref="images/actionbareditdocument.png" format="PNG" width="444" /> + </imageobject> - <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Manage_Documents_in_Sites_Explorer-Delete_documents"> - <title>Delete documents</title> - <procedure> - <title></title> - <step> - <para> - Select a document that you want to delete on the left panel. - </para> - </step> - <step> - <para> - Right-click the document, and select <emphasis role="bold">Delete</emphasis> from the menu. - </para> - </step> - <step> - <para> - Click <emphasis role="bold">OK</emphasis> in the confirmation message to accept, or <emphasis role="bold">Cancel</emphasis> to quit. - </para> - </step> - </procedure> - <para> - By moving the cursor on the document name and then right-click that document, there will be a menu that includes main basic actions on documents. - </para> - <note> - <title>Multiple Files</title> - <para> - You can select multiple nodes by holding the Ctrl, Shift key and select nodes or move mouse over nodes. By using this feature, you can take some actions (copy, cut, delete, lock/unlock) on different nodes at the same time. - </para> - </note> - </section> <!-- Close Section: 3.3.4.4.11 Delete Documents --> + </mediaobject> - <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Manage_Documents_in_Sites_Explorer-Cut_Copy_Paste_Documents" > - <title>Cut/Copy/Paste Documents</title> - <para> - This function is used to make a copy of a document (include sub nodes) in other places. There are two ways to cope/paste documents: - </para> - <procedure> - <title>Method One</title> - <step> - <para> - Right-click a document then select <emphasis role="bold">Cut</emphasis> or <emphasis role="bold">Copy</emphasis> from the menu. - </para> - </step> - <step> - <para> - Select a destination node. - </para> - </step> - <step> - <para> - Right-click the node you want to be the parent node of the cut/copied node and select the <emphasis role="bold">Paste</emphasis> item in the menu. Note that the <emphasis role="bold">Paste</emphasis> function is enabled in the menu only after selecting the <emphasis role="bold">Copy</emphasis> or <emphasis role="bold">Cut</emphasis> action. - </para> - </step> - <step> - <para> - The cut/copied folder (and its sub-folders) will be pasted to the new selected path. - </para> - </step> - </procedure> - <note> - <title>Cut/Copy/Paste Information</title> - <itemizedlist> - <listitem> - <para> - You only can take the Cut/Copy action if you have a right on the source node. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - You only can take the Paste action if you have a right on the destination node. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - If the destination node has the same name with the cut/copied node, after being pasted, the pasted node will be added an index with its name. For example, in this case, if “new folder” contains a node with name “Live”, then after the paste action, in “new folder” there are two nodes with name Live and Live[2]. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - You can not Cut/Copy a content folder into a document folder. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - After taking the Cut/Copy action, you can take the Paste action on different nodes before taking another Copy or Cut action. - </para> - </listitem> - </itemizedlist> - </note> - <procedure> - <title>Method Two</title> - <step> - <para> - Right-click a document and select the Copy from the menu. - </para> - </step> - <step> - <para> - Select the destination node. - </para> - </step> - <step> - <para> - Select the Clipboard icon: - </para> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject role="html"> - <imagedata fileref="images/clipboarditem.png" format="PNG" align="center" scale="" /> - </imageobject> - <imageobject role="fo"> - <imagedata fileref="images/clipboarditem.png" format="PNG" align="center" contentwidth="150mm" /> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </step> - <step> - <para> - Click the Clipboard window will appear: - </para> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject role="html"> - <imagedata fileref="images/clipboarditemlist.png" format="PNG" align="center" scale="" /> - </imageobject> - <imageobject role="fo"> - <imagedata fileref="images/clipboarditemlist.png" format="PNG" align="center" contentwidth="150mm" /> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </step> - <step> - <para> - Click the <inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref="images/clipboardicon.png"/></imageobject></inlinemediaobject> in the clipboard window to paste the copied node into the selected destination node in step 3. - </para> - </step> - <step> - <para> - You can click the <inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref="images/trashicon.png"/></imageobject></inlinemediaobject> to delete a specific waiting statement. - </para> - </step> - <step> - <para> - You can also click the <emphasis role="bold">Clear All</emphasis> link to delete all waiting statements in the list. - </para> - </step> - </procedure> - <para> - After the action has been taken, a confirmation message will appear with detailed information about the destination path. - </para> - <note> - <title>Cut/Copy/Paste Information</title> - <itemizedlist> - <listitem> - <para> - You only can take the Cut/Copy action if you have a right on the source node. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - You only can take the Paste action if you have a right on the destination node. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - If the destination node has the same name with the cut/copied node, after being pasted, the pasted node will be added an index with its name. For example, in this case, if “new folder” contains a node with name “Live”, then after the paste action, in “new folder” there are two nodes with name Live and Live[2]. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - You can not Cut/Copy a content folder into a document folder. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - After taking the Cut/Copy action, you can take the Paste action on different nodes before taking another Copy or Cut action. - </para> - </listitem> - </itemizedlist> - </note> - </section> <!-- Close Section: 3.3.4.4.12 Cut/Copy/Paste Documents --> + </step> + <step> + <para> + Click + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/editdocumenticon.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject> + in the Action Bars + </para> - <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Manage_Documents_in_Sites_Explorer-Drag_and_drop_documents" > - <title>Drag and drop documents</title> - <para> - This function allows you to move a document from a specific location to another one by using the drag and drop feature. - </para> - <procedure> - <title></title> - <step> - <para> - Move a cursor on a document or documents (To select multiple documents at once: hold the Ctrl key and select documents) on the right panel until the cursor changes to <inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref="images/handcursor.png"/></imageobject></inlinemediaobject> - </para> - </step> - <step> - <para> - Press the left mouse and then drag the selected documents to another folder on the right or left panel. - </para> - </step> - <step> - <para> - Drop them to the selected folder. All dragged documents will be moved to the destination folder. - </para> - </step> - </procedure> - </section> <!-- Close Section:3.3.4.4.13 Drag and drop documents --> + </step> - <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Manage_Documents_in_Sites_Explorer-Lock_Unlock_documents" > - <title>Lock/Unlock documents</title> - <para> - This function allows you to prevent changes on a specific document by others in a specific time. - </para> - <procedure> - <title>Lock document</title> - <step> - <para> - Select the path to the document that you want to lock or select the document on the left/right panel. - </para> - </step> - <step> - <para> - Right-click that document and select <emphasis role="bold">Lock</emphasis> from the menu: - </para> - </step> - <step> - <para> - After this action, the document is locked, only you are allowed to make changes on this document. - </para> - </step> - </procedure> - <note> + </procedure> + + <para> + Or: + </para> + <procedure id="proc-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Edit_documents-Method_Two"> + <title>Method Two</title> + <step> + <para> + Select a folder that contains the document you want to edit. + </para> + + </step> + <step> + <para> + Right-click the document you want to edit and select Edit from the menu. + </para> + <para> + The <emphasis role="bold">Edit Document</emphasis> form will appear. All information of the selected document will be displayed in this form and ready for you to change except the <emphasis role="bold">Name</emphasis> field. + </para> + + </step> + <step> + <para> + Click <emphasis role="bold">Save</emphasis> to commit the changes. + </para> + + </step> + + </procedure> + + + </section> <!-- Close Section: 3.3.4.4.10. Edit documents --> + + <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Manage_Documents_in_Sites_Explorer-Delete_documents"> + <title>Delete documents</title> + <procedure> + <title></title> + <step> + <para> + Select a document that you want to delete on the left panel. + </para> + + </step> + <step> + <para> + Right-click the document, and select <emphasis role="bold">Delete</emphasis> from the menu. + </para> + + </step> + <step> + <para> + Click <emphasis role="bold">OK</emphasis> in the confirmation message to accept, or <emphasis role="bold">Cancel</emphasis> to quit. + </para> + + </step> + + </procedure> + + <para> + By moving the cursor on the document name and then right-click that document, there will be a menu that includes main basic actions on documents. + </para> + <note> + <title>Multiple Files</title> + <para> + You can select multiple nodes by holding the Ctrl, Shift key and select nodes or move mouse over nodes. By using this feature, you can take some actions (copy, cut, delete, lock/unlock) on different nodes at the same time. + </para> + + </note> + + </section> <!-- Close Section: 3.3.4.4.11 Delete Documents --> + + <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Manage_Documents_in_Sites_Explorer-CutCopyPaste_Documents"> + <title>Cut/Copy/Paste Documents</title> + <para> + This function is used to make a copy of a document (include sub nodes) in other places. There are two ways to cope/paste documents: + </para> + <procedure id="proc-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-CutCopyPaste_Documents-Method_One"> + <title>Method One</title> + <step> + <para> + Right-click a document then select <emphasis role="bold">Cut</emphasis> or <emphasis role="bold">Copy</emphasis> from the menu. + </para> + + </step> + <step> + <para> + Select a destination node. + </para> + + </step> + <step> + <para> + Right-click the node you want to be the parent node of the cut/copied node and select the <emphasis role="bold">Paste</emphasis> item in the menu. Note that the <emphasis role="bold">Paste</emphasis> function is enabled in the menu only after selecting the <emphasis role="bold">Copy</emphasis> or <emphasis role="bold">Cut</emphasis> action. + </para> + + </step> + <step> + <para> + The cut/copied folder (and its sub-folders) will be pasted to the new selected path. + </para> + + </step> + + </procedure> + + <note> + <title>Cut/Copy/Paste Information</title> + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para> + You only can take the Cut/Copy action if you have a right on the source node. + </para> + + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para> + You only can take the Paste action if you have a right on the destination node. + </para> + + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para> + If the destination node has the same name with the cut/copied node, after being pasted, the pasted node will be added an index with its name. For example, in this case, if “new folder” contains a node with name “Live”, then after the paste action, in “new folder” there are two nodes with name Live and Live[2]. + </para> + + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para> + You can not Cut/Copy a content folder into a document folder. + </para> + + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para> + After taking the Cut/Copy action, you can take the Paste action on different nodes before taking another Copy or Cut action. + </para> + + </listitem> + + </itemizedlist> + + </note> + <procedure id="proc-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-CutCopyPaste_Documents-Method_Two"> + <title>Method Two</title> + <step> + <para> + Right-click a document and select the Copy from the menu. + </para> + + </step> + <step> + <para> + Select the destination node. + </para> + + </step> + <step> + <para> + Select the Clipboard icon: + </para> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject role="html"> + <imagedata align="center" fileref="images/clipboarditem.png" format="PNG" scale="" /> + </imageobject> + <imageobject role="fo"> + <imagedata align="center" contentwidth="150mm" fileref="images/clipboarditem.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + + </mediaobject> + + </step> + <step> + <para> + Click the Clipboard window will appear: + </para> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject role="html"> + <imagedata align="center" fileref="images/clipboarditemlist.png" format="PNG" scale="" /> + </imageobject> + <imageobject role="fo"> + <imagedata align="center" contentwidth="150mm" fileref="images/clipboarditemlist.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + + </mediaobject> + + </step> + <step> + <para> + Click the + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/clipboardicon.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject> + in the clipboard window to paste the copied node into the selected destination node in step 3. + </para> + + </step> + <step> + <para> + You can click the + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/trashicon.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject> + to delete a specific waiting statement. + </para> + + </step> + <step> + <para> + You can also click the <emphasis role="bold">Clear All</emphasis> link to delete all waiting statements in the list. + </para> + + </step> + + </procedure> + + <para> + After the action has been taken, a confirmation message will appear with detailed information about the destination path. + </para> + <note> + <title>Cut/Copy/Paste Information</title> + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para> + You only can take the Cut/Copy action if you have a right on the source node. + </para> + + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para> + You only can take the Paste action if you have a right on the destination node. + </para> + + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para> + If the destination node has the same name with the cut/copied node, after being pasted, the pasted node will be added an index with its name. For example, in this case, if “new folder” contains a node with name “Live”, then after the paste action, in “new folder” there are two nodes with name Live and Live[2]. + </para> + + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para> + You can not Cut/Copy a content folder into a document folder. + </para> + + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para> + After taking the Cut/Copy action, you can take the Paste action on different nodes before taking another Copy or Cut action. + </para> + + </listitem> + + </itemizedlist> + + </note> + + </section> <!-- Close Section: 3.3.4.4.12 Cut/Copy/Paste Documents --> + + <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Manage_Documents_in_Sites_Explorer-Drag_and_drop_documents"> + <title>Drag and drop documents</title> + <para> + This function allows you to move a document from a specific location to another one by using the drag and drop feature. + </para> + <procedure> + <title></title> + <step> + <para> + Move a cursor on a document or documents (To select multiple documents at once: hold the Ctrl key and select documents) on the right panel until the cursor changes to + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/handcursor.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject> + + </para> + + </step> + <step> + <para> + Press the left mouse and then drag the selected documents to another folder on the right or left panel. + </para> + + </step> + <step> + <para> + Drop them to the selected folder. All dragged documents will be moved to the destination folder. + </para> + + </step> + + </procedure> + + + </section> <!-- Close Section:3.3.4.4.13 Drag and drop documents --> + + <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Manage_Documents_in_Sites_Explorer-LockUnlock_documents"> + <title>Lock/Unlock documents</title> + <para> + This function allows you to prevent changes on a specific document by others in a specific time. + </para> + <procedure id="proc-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-LockUnlock_documents-Lock_document"> + <title>Lock document</title> + <step> + <para> + Select the path to the document that you want to lock or select the document on the left/right panel. + </para> + + </step> + <step> + <para> + Right-click that document and select <emphasis role="bold">Lock</emphasis> from the menu: + </para> + + </step> + <step> + <para> + After this action, the document is locked, only you are allowed to make changes on this document. + </para> + + </step> + + </procedure> + + <note> <title>Locking Rights</title> - <itemizedlist> + <itemizedlist> <listitem> <para> Only users with appropriate rights can lock folders. </para> + </listitem> - <listitem> + <listitem> <para> After locking, other users can only view the folder. </para> + </listitem> - <listitem> + <listitem> <para> The lock will be kept current for a session only. if the locking user signs out, the node will be unlocked </para> + </listitem> - <listitem> + <listitem> <para> Other users can create a copy of the locked node (by using the <emphasis role="bold">Copy/Paste</emphasis> functions outlined above), however the original node cannot be removed or altered. </para> + </listitem> - <listitem> + <listitem> <para> If no action is taken on a locked node within 30 minutes, the lock will be automatically removed. </para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </note> - <formalpara id="form-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Lock_Unlock_documents-Unlock_folders"> + <formalpara id="form-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-LockUnlock_documents-Unlock_folders"> <title>Unlock folders</title> - <para> + <para> To unlock a folder, right-click a locked folder and select the <emphasis role="bold">Unlock</emphasis> item on the menu. The folder will then be unlocked and other users can take actions on it. </para> + </formalpara> - </section> <!-- Close Section: 3.3.4.4.14 Lock/Unlock documents --> - <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Manage_Documents_in_Sites_Explorer-Rename_documents" > - <title>Rename documents</title> - <para> - This function is used to rename documents. - </para> - <procedure> - <title></title> - <step> - <para> - Right-click a document and select the Rename item in the menu. - </para> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject role="html"> - <imagedata fileref="images/renameform.png" format="PNG" align="center" scale="" /> - </imageobject> - <imageobject role="fo"> - <imagedata fileref="images/renameform.png" format="PNG" align="center" contentwidth="150mm" /> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </step> - <step> - <para> - Input a new name for this node in the <emphasis role="bold">Name</emphasis> field. You can also change the title of this document by inputting new one in the <emphasis role="bold">Title</emphasis> field. - </para> - </step> - <step> - <para> - Click <emphasis role="bold">Save</emphasis> to accept, or <emphasis role="bold">Cancel</emphasis> to quit. - </para> - </step> - </procedure> - <note> - <title>Naming Conventions</title> - <itemizedlist> - <listitem> - <para> - Renaming a document must follows rules of creating a new document: - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Some special characters can not be used in the <emphasis role="bold">Name</emphasis> field (@ # % &amp; * ( ) “ ' : ; [ ] {} / !). - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - A document name can be the same with the existing one. When a new document is created while its name has been existing, after clicking <emphasis role="bold">Save</emphasis>, its name will be added an index (e.g: test[2]). - </para> - </listitem> - </itemizedlist> - </note> - </section> <!-- Close Section: 3.3.4.4.15 Rename documents --> + </section> <!-- Close Section: 3.3.4.4.14 Lock/Unlock documents --> + + <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Manage_Documents_in_Sites_Explorer-Rename_documents"> + <title>Rename documents</title> + <para> + This function is used to rename documents. + </para> + <procedure> + <title></title> + <step> + <para> + Right-click a document and select the Rename item in the menu. + </para> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject role="html"> + <imagedata align="center" fileref="images/renameform.png" format="PNG" scale="" width="444" /> + </imageobject> + <imageobject role="fo"> + <imagedata align="center" contentwidth="150mm" fileref="images/renameform.png" format="PNG" width="444" /> + </imageobject> - <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Manage_Documents_in_Sites_Explorer-Add_symlink" > - <title>Add symlink</title> - <para> - You also easily add a sym link for a document for the purpose of fast accessing the document that you are looking for: - </para> - <procedure> - <title></title> - <step> - <para> - Select a document that you want to add a sym link. - </para> - </step> - <step> - <para> - Right click that document and select <emphasis role="bold">Add Sym Link</emphasis> from the menu. - </para> - </step> - <step> - <para> - The selected document will be added a sym link immediately. You now can click the sym link to view its content. - </para> - </step> - </procedure> - </section> <!-- Close Section: 3.3.4.4.16 Add symlink --> + </mediaobject> + </step> + <step> + <para> + Input a new name for this node in the <emphasis role="bold">Name</emphasis> field. You can also change the title of this document by inputting new one in the <emphasis role="bold">Title</emphasis> field. + </para> + + </step> + <step> + <para> + Click <emphasis role="bold">Save</emphasis> to accept, or <emphasis role="bold">Cancel</emphasis> to quit. + </para> + + </step> + + </procedure> + + <note> + <title>Naming Conventions</title> + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para> + Renaming a document must follows rules of creating a new document: + </para> + + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para> + Some special characters can not be used in the <emphasis role="bold">Name</emphasis> field (@ # % &amp; * ( ) “ &#39; : ; [ ] {} / !). + </para> + + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para> + A document name can be the same with the existing one. When a new document is created while its name has been existing, after clicking <emphasis role="bold">Save</emphasis>, its name will be added an index (e.g: test[2]). + </para> + + </listitem> + + </itemizedlist> + + </note> + + </section> <!-- Close Section: 3.3.4.4.15 Rename documents --> + + <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Manage_Documents_in_Sites_Explorer-Add_symlink"> + <title>Add symlink</title> + <para> + You also easily add a sym link for a document for the purpose of fast accessing the document that you are looking for: + </para> + <procedure> + <title></title> + <step> + <para> + Select a document that you want to add a sym link. + </para> + + </step> + <step> + <para> + Right click that document and select <emphasis role="bold">Add Sym Link</emphasis> from the menu. + </para> + + </step> + <step> + <para> + The selected document will be added a sym link immediately. You now can click the sym link to view its content. + </para> + + </step> + + </procedure> + + + </section> <!-- Close Section: 3.3.4.4.16 Add symlink --> + <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Manage_Documents_in_Sites_Explorer-View_WebDAV"> - <title>View WebDAV</title> - <para> - WebDAV enables people to access files, folders and read and write documents over the web. Due to its benefits of easy, quick and flexible manipulations and time saving, WebDAV is used to view nodes. - </para> - <procedure> - <title></title> - <step> - <para> - Select the path of node you want to view webDAV or open that folder from the left/right panel. - </para> - </step> - <step> - <para> - Right-click the node and select the Download and Allow Edition item in the menu. - </para> - </step> - <step> - <para> - With each type of node, form to view in WebDAV will be different: - </para> - <itemizedlist> - <listitem> - <para> - <emphasis role="bold">Folder</emphasis>: The sub-nodes list of the current folder will be displayed in WebDAV. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - <emphasis role="bold">nt:file</emphasis>: The content of the document will be shown. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - <emphasis role="bold">Article</emphasis>: This node type does not, by default, list any folders. However, if the Article includes actions, added language or other data, all folders will be listed and named; <emphasis>exo:actions</emphasis>, <emphasis>exo:language</emphasis> and so on. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - <emphasis role="bold">Podcast</emphasis>: Veiwed in WebDAV, this node type will be attached a form that users have to complete to download this document. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - <emphasis role="bold">Sample node</emphasis>: This node lists folder names as <emphasis>exo:images</emphasis>. Like <emphasis role="bold">Article</emphasis>, if the <emphasis role="bold">Sample</emphasis> node contains actions or added languages, folders will be named <emphasis>exo:actions</emphasis>, <emphasis>exo:language</emphasis> and so on. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - <emphasis role="bold">File Plan</emphasis>: This node behaves the same way as <emphasis role="bold">Article</emphasis> and <emphasis role="bold">Sample node</emphasis>. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - <emphasis role="bold">Kofax</emphasis>: This node behaves the same way as <emphasis role="bold">Article</emphasis> and <emphasis role="bold">Sample node</emphasis> - </para> - </listitem> - </itemizedlist> - </step> - </procedure> - <note> + <title>View WebDAV</title> + <para> + WebDAV enables people to access files, folders and read and write documents over the web. Due to its benefits of easy, quick and flexible manipulations and time saving, WebDAV is used to view nodes. + </para> + <procedure> + <title></title> + <step> + <para> + Select the path of node you want to view webDAV or open that folder from the left/right panel. + </para> + + </step> + <step> + <para> + Right-click the node and select the Download and Allow Edition item in the menu. + </para> + + </step> + <step> + <para> + With each type of node, form to view in WebDAV will be different: + </para> + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para> + <emphasis role="bold">Folder</emphasis>: The sub-nodes list of the current folder will be displayed in WebDAV. + </para> + + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para> + <emphasis role="bold">nt:file</emphasis>: The content of the document will be shown. + </para> + + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para> + <emphasis role="bold">Article</emphasis>: This node type does not, by default, list any folders. However, if the Article includes actions, added language or other data, all folders will be listed and named; <emphasis>exo:actions</emphasis>, <emphasis>exo:language</emphasis> and so on. + </para> + + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para> + <emphasis role="bold">Podcast</emphasis>: Veiwed in WebDAV, this node type will be attached a form that users have to complete to download this document. + </para> + + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para> + <emphasis role="bold">Sample node</emphasis>: This node lists folder names as <emphasis>exo:images</emphasis>. Like <emphasis role="bold">Article</emphasis>, if the <emphasis role="bold">Sample</emphasis> node contains actions or added languages, folders will be named <emphasis>exo:actions</emphasis>, <emphasis>exo:language</emphasis> and so on. + </para> + + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para> + <emphasis role="bold">File Plan</emphasis>: This node behaves the same way as <emphasis role="bold">Article</emphasis> and <emphasis role="bold">Sample node</emphasis>. + </para> + + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para> + <emphasis role="bold">Kofax</emphasis>: This node behaves the same way as <emphasis role="bold">Article</emphasis> and <emphasis role="bold">Sample node</emphasis> + </para> + + </listitem> + + </itemizedlist> + + </step> + + </procedure> + + <note> <title>Downloaded Content</title> - <para> + <para> Some document types cannot be viewed directly in WebDAV and require the content to be downloaded and opened in a suitable application. </para> + </note> - </section> <!-- Close Section: 3.3.4.4.17 View WebDAV --> - <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Manage_Documents_in_Sites_Explorer-Add_to_favorites" > - <title>Add to favorites</title> - <para> - This function helps users easily add nodes (documents, folders or files) as favorite. - </para> - <procedure> - <title></title> - <step> + </section> <!-- Close Section: 3.3.4.4.17 View WebDAV --> + + <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Manage_Documents_in_Sites_Explorer-Add_to_favorites"> + <title>Add to favorites</title> + <para> + This function helps users easily add nodes (documents, folders or files) as favorite. + </para> + <procedure> + <title></title> + <step> + <para> + Right-click the document you want to add as a favorite + </para> + + </step> + <step> + <para> + Click + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/addfavorite.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject> + + </para> + + </step> + + </procedure> + + <para> + A symlink of your favorite nodes (folders, documents, files) will be created in the <emphasis role="bold">Favorite</emphasis> folder. + </para> + + </section> <!-- Close Section: 3.3.4.4.18 Add to favorites --> + + <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Manage_Documents_in_Sites_Explorer-WatchUnwatch_documents"> + <title>Watch/Unwatch documents</title> + <para> + By using this function, whenever a change is made on the document, there will be a notification message sent to your email address. To receive that email, you must configure in your mail server. + </para> + <procedure> + <title></title> + <step> + <para> + Select the document you want to watch. + </para> + + </step> + <step> + <para> + Chose the <emphasis role="bold">Collaboration</emphasis> tab then click + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/watchicon.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject> + from the action bar. + </para> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject role="html"> + <imagedata align="center" fileref="images/watchunwatchscreen.png" format="PNG" scale="" width="444" /> + </imageobject> + <imageobject role="fo"> + <imagedata align="center" contentwidth="150mm" fileref="images/watchunwatchscreen.png" format="PNG" width="444" /> + </imageobject> + + </mediaobject> + + </step> + <step> + <para> + The <emphasis role="bold">Watching Document</emphasis> form will appear. Click the <emphasis role="bold">Watch</emphasis> button to finish. + </para> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject role="html"> + <imagedata align="center" fileref="images/watchingdocumentform.png" format="PNG" scale="" width="444" /> + </imageobject> + <imageobject role="fo"> + <imagedata align="center" contentwidth="150mm" fileref="images/watchingdocumentform.png" format="PNG" width="444" /> + </imageobject> + + </mediaobject> + + </step> + + </procedure> + + <para> + To stop watching a document, select the document and click + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/watchicon.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject> + . + </para> + <para> + A message will appeared confirming the action. + </para> + + </section> <!-- Close Section: 3.3.4.4.19 Watch/Unwatch documents --> + + <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Manage_Documents_in_Sites_Explorer-Add_tags_to_documents"> + <title>Add tags to documents</title> + <procedure> + <title></title> + <step> + <para> + Select a document that you want to add tags. + </para> + + </step> + <step> + <para> + Chose the <emphasis role="bold">Collaboration</emphasis> tab then click + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/taggingdocument.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject> + on the Action bar. The <emphasis role="bold">Tag Manager</emphasis> will be displayed: + </para> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject role="html"> + <imagedata align="center" fileref="images/tagmanager.png" format="PNG" scale="" width="444" /> + </imageobject> + <imageobject role="fo"> + <imagedata align="center" contentwidth="150mm" fileref="images/tagmanager.png" format="PNG" width="444" /> + </imageobject> + + </mediaobject> + <table> + <title></title> + <tgroup cols="2"> + <thead> + <row> + <entry> + Fields + </entry> + <entry> + Details + </entry> + + </row> + + </thead> + <tbody> + <row> + <entry> + Tag names + </entry> + <entry> + The tag names that users want to add tags for documents. + </entry> + + </row> + <row> + <entry> + Tag Scopes + </entry> + <entry> + To classify tags. There are four tag types: private, public, group, site. Currently, the two first types are activated(Private: a user who create tags can view and edit tags; public: all users can view and edit tags). + </entry> + + </row> + <row> + <entry> + Linked tags + </entry> + <entry> + To list all tags of a document after you click the Add Tags button. + </entry> + + </row> + + </tbody> + + </tgroup> + + </table> + + </step> + <step> + <para> + Input a value for the <emphasis role="bold">Tag names</emphasis> field. A document can be added several tags at a time. To do that, input all tag names in the <emphasis role="bold">Tag names</emphasis> field and separate by “,”. + </para> + + </step> + <step> + <para> + Select a value for the <emphasis role="bold">Tag Scopes</emphasis> field. + </para> + + </step> + <step> + <para> + Click <emphasis role="bold">Add Tags</emphasis> to accept, or Close to quit. Only you can see this tag in this document. + </para> + + </step> + <step> + <para> + Click the + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/trashicon.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject> + to delete tags. + </para> + + </step> + + </procedure> + + <note> + <title>Tagging Notes </title> + <para> + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para> + A tag name can not contain some special characters, including: ! @ $ % * [ ] &#39; : \ / + </para> + + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para> + You can add multiple tags to the same documents. + </para> + + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para> + You can add multiple documents to the same named tag. + </para> + + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para> + All tags of a document will be listed in <emphasis role="bold">Linked tags</emphasis>. + </para> + + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para> + When you add a tag for a document, anyone can select that tag so anyone can see your document but they only can take actions on it if they have the permission. + </para> + + </listitem> + + </itemizedlist> + + </para> + + </note> + + </section> <!-- Close Section: 3.3.4.4.20 Add tags to documents --> + + <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Manage_Documents_in_Sites_Explorer-Use_Created_tags"> + <title>Use Created tags</title> + <para> + Select the Tag cloud + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/cloudicon.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject> + you will see all existing tags: All existing tags are listed and classified by private or public tags. + </para> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject role="html"> + <imagedata align="center" fileref="images/taglist.png" format="PNG" scale="60" /> + </imageobject> + <imageobject role="fo"> + <imagedata align="center" contentwidth="150mm" fileref="images/taglist.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + + </mediaobject> + <para> + Tags will be displayed differently depending on popularity. The font size, weight, color, family and text-decoration will be used to visuall communicate popularity. + </para> + <para> + For example, tags added to over ten documents will be displayed in red, at 20px and bold. These settings can be configured in WCM Administration portlet. + </para> + <para> + Each tag is also link to all documents with the same tag. Click a tag name to see these documents listed in the right panel. + </para> + + </section> <!-- Close Section: 3.3.4.4.21 Use Created tags --> + + <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Manage_Documents_in_Sites_Explorer-Manage_Tags"> + <title>Manage Tags</title> + <para> + Tags are easily managed by editing or deleting them with the <emphasis role="bold">Tag Manager</emphasis>. + </para> + <procedure id="proc-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Manage_Tags-Edit_a_tag"> + <title>Edit a tag</title> + <step> + <para> + Click the + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/cloudicon.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject> + icon at the upper-right corner of the tags panel. + </para> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject role="html"> + <imagedata align="center" fileref="images/taglistiediticon.png" format="PNG" scale="60" /> + </imageobject> + <imageobject role="fo"> + <imagedata align="center" contentwidth="150mm" fileref="images/taglistiediticon.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + + </mediaobject> + <para> + The <emphasis role="bold">Edit tag form</emphasis> will appear: + </para> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject role="html"> + <imagedata align="center" fileref="images/tageditform.png" format="PNG" scale="" width="444" /> + </imageobject> + <imageobject role="fo"> + <imagedata align="center" contentwidth="150mm" fileref="images/tageditform.png" format="PNG" width="444" /> + </imageobject> + + </mediaobject> + + </step> + <step> + <para> + Click the + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/editicon4.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject> + that corresponds to the tag you want to edit. + </para> + + </step> + <step> + <para> + Edit the tag as desired. + </para> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject role="html"> + <imagedata align="center" fileref="images/tagform.png" format="PNG" scale="" width="444" /> + </imageobject> + <imageobject role="fo"> + <imagedata align="center" contentwidth="150mm" fileref="images/tagform.png" format="PNG" width="444" /> + </imageobject> + + </mediaobject> + + </step> + <step> + <para> + Click <emphasis role="bold">Save</emphasis> button to commit the change or <emphasis role="bold">Cancel</emphasis> to quit without changes. + </para> + + </step> + + </procedure> + + <procedure id="proc-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Manage_Tags-Delete_a_tag"> + <title>Delete a tag</title> + <step> + <para> + Perform <emphasis role="bold">Step 1</emphasis> from the procedure above. + </para> + + </step> + <step> + <para> + Click the + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/trashicon.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject> + . + </para> + <para> + A confirmation box will appear: + </para> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject role="html"> + <imagedata align="center" fileref="images/tagdelete.png" format="PNG" scale="" width="444" /> + </imageobject> + <imageobject role="fo"> + <imagedata align="center" contentwidth="150mm" fileref="images/tagdelete.png" format="PNG" width="444" /> + </imageobject> + + </mediaobject> + <para> + Click <emphasis role="bold">OK</emphasis> button to delete the tag or <emphasis role="bold">Cancel</emphasis> to quit. + </para> + + </step> + + </procedure> + + + </section> <!-- Close Section: 3.3.4.4.22 Manage Tags --> + + <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Manage_Documents_in_Sites_Explorer-Add_a_language_for_a_document"> + <title>Add a language for a document</title> + <para> + This function is used to support users to add multiple languages for a document. Each document can be displayed in many languages. + </para> + <procedure> + <title></title> + <step> + <para> + Select a document that you want to add language(s). + </para> + + </step> + <step> + <para> + Select the <emphasis role="bold">Collaboration</emphasis> tab to show some advanced actions on the Action bar. + </para> + + </step> + <step> + <para> + Click + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/localisedcontents.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject> + on the <emphasis role="bold">Action</emphasis> bar. + </para> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject role="html"> + <imagedata align="center" fileref="images/addlanguage.png" format="PNG" scale="" width="444" /> + </imageobject> + <imageobject role="fo"> + <imagedata align="center" contentwidth="150mm" fileref="images/addlanguage.png" format="PNG" width="444" /> + </imageobject> + + </mediaobject> + <para> + The <emphasis role="bold">Multi-language</emphasis> form will appear. + </para> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject role="html"> + <imagedata align="center" fileref="images/multi-language.png" format="PNG" scale="" width="444" /> + </imageobject> + <imageobject role="fo"> + <imagedata align="center" contentwidth="150mm" fileref="images/multi-language.png" format="PNG" width="444" /> + </imageobject> + + </mediaobject> + <para> + The <emphasis role="bold">View language</emphasis> tab contains a list of all languages. The default language for the document will be automatically populated. + </para> + + </step> + <step> + <para> + Select the <emphasis role="bold">Add language</emphasis> tab. This tab will be displayed differently, depending on what file you selected. However, the area where you can add languages for document is the same. The below illustration shows the <emphasis role="bold">Add language</emphasis> tab for a <emphasis role="bold">Sample node</emphasis> file: + </para> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject role="html"> + <imagedata align="center" fileref="images/addlanguageform.png" format="PNG" scale="" width="444" /> + </imageobject> + <imageobject role="fo"> + <imagedata align="center" contentwidth="150mm" fileref="images/addlanguageform.png" format="PNG" width="444" /> + </imageobject> + + </mediaobject> + + </step> + <step> + <para> + Select a language you want to add from the <emphasis role="bold">Language</emphasis> drop-down list. + </para> + <para> + If the selected language has not been added for current document, the content field will be blank. + </para> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject role="html"> + <imagedata align="center" fileref="images/selectlanguage.png" format="PNG" scale="" /> + </imageobject> + <imageobject role="fo"> + <imagedata align="center" contentwidth="150mm" fileref="images/selectlanguage.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + + </mediaobject> + <para> + Select the <emphasis role="bold">Set default</emphasis> checkbox if you want to set your selected language as default language. + </para> + + </step> + <step> + <para> + Click <emphasis role="bold">Save</emphasis>, you will be returned to the <emphasis role="bold">View language</emphasis>tab. Your selected language is now added to the <emphasis role="bold">Language</emphasis> field: + </para> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject role="html"> + <imagedata align="center" fileref="images/newlanguage.png" format="PNG" scale="" width="444" /> + </imageobject> + <imageobject role="fo"> + <imagedata align="center" contentwidth="150mm" fileref="images/newlanguage.png" format="PNG" width="444" /> + </imageobject> + + </mediaobject> + <para> + You can view this document in new added language by selecting the language from the language drop-down list then click the <emphasis role="bold">View </emphasis> button. + </para> + + </step> + + </procedure> + + <para> + To view the languages list of a document, do the following: + </para> + <procedure> + <title></title> + <step> + <para> + Select a document that you want to view the language list then click the <emphasis role="bold">Relation</emphasis> button on side panel: + </para> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject role="html"> + <imagedata align="center" fileref="images/relationbutton.png" format="PNG" scale="" /> + </imageobject> + <imageobject role="fo"> + <imagedata align="center" contentwidth="150mm" fileref="images/relationbutton.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + + </mediaobject> + + </step> + <step> + <para> + The list of language (and all related documents) will be displayed on the left panel: + </para> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject role="html"> + <imagedata align="center" fileref="images/languagelist.png" format="PNG" scale="" /> + </imageobject> + <imageobject role="fo"> + <imagedata align="center" contentwidth="150mm" fileref="images/languagelist.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + + </mediaobject> + <para> + You can view the document in the new language by clicking the corresponding link in <emphasis role="bold">Languages List</emphasis>. + </para> + <para> + For more details about <emphasis role="bold">Relations</emphasis>, refer to xref=&#34;&#34; (View Relations of nodes) + </para> + + </step> + + </procedure> + + <note> + <title>Language Notes</title> + <para> + You cannot add multiple languages for a <emphasis role="bold">File Plan</emphasis>. + </para> + <para> + When a document is a sub-node of <emphasis role="bold">File Plan</emphasis>, you also cannot add language to it. + </para> + + </note> + + </section> <!-- Close Section: 3.3.4.4.23 Add a language for a document --> + + <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Manage_Documents_in_Sites_Explorer-Add_translations_to_a_document"> + <title>Add translations to a document</title> + <para> + This function allows users to add multiple languages for a document. This action is similar to adding a language. + </para> + <para> + By default, the <emphasis role="bold">Add translation</emphasis> button is not displayed on the toolbar. + </para> + <para> + Enable this function by navigating to <emphasis role="bold">Sites Administration</emphasis>, then <emphasis role="bold">Content Presentation</emphasis>, then <emphasis role="bold">Manage Views</emphasis>. + </para> + <procedure> + <title></title> + <step> + <para> + Select the document you want to add the translation for. For example; select an <emphasis role="bold">Article</emphasis> which is in <emphasis>English</emphasis>: + </para> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject role="html"> + <imagedata align="center" fileref="images/selectarticle.png" format="PNG" scale="" /> + </imageobject> + <imageobject role="fo"> + <imagedata align="center" contentwidth="150mm" fileref="images/selectarticle.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + + </mediaobject> + + </step> + <step> + <para> + Click + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/addtranslationicon.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject> + in the <emphasis role="bold">Action</emphasis> bar. The <emphasis role="bold">Symlink Manager</emphasis> will appear: + </para> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject role="html"> + <imagedata align="center" fileref="images/symlinkmanager2.png" format="PNG" scale="" width="444" /> + </imageobject> + <imageobject role="fo"> + <imagedata align="center" contentwidth="150mm" fileref="images/symlinkmanager2.png" format="PNG" width="444" /> + </imageobject> + + </mediaobject> + + </step> + <step> + <para> + Click + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/addplusicon.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject> + , then browse to the target document that has different language with the first document. For example, the <emphasis role="bold">Article</emphasis> version in French. + </para> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject role="html"> + <imagedata align="center" fileref="images/choosetargetnode.png" format="PNG" scale="" width="444" /> + </imageobject> + <imageobject role="fo"> + <imagedata align="center" contentwidth="150mm" fileref="images/choosetargetnode.png" format="PNG" width="444" /> + </imageobject> + + </mediaobject> + + </step> + <step> + <para> + After you have selected the document, click <emphasis role="bold">Save</emphasis> on the <emphasis role="bold">Symlink Manager</emphasis> form: + </para> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject role="html"> + <imagedata align="center" fileref="images/symlinkmanagersave.png" format="PNG" scale="" width="444" /> + </imageobject> + <imageobject role="fo"> + <imagedata align="center" contentwidth="150mm" fileref="images/symlinkmanagersave.png" format="PNG" width="444" /> + </imageobject> + + </mediaobject> + + </step> + <step> + <para> + Select the document which you have added the translation to, then click the <emphasis role="bold">Relation</emphasis> button on the sidebar. + </para> + <para> + You will see the available language for the selected document. Click the language on this panel to view the document in the corresponding language version. + </para> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject role="html"> + <imagedata align="center" fileref="images/availablelanguages.png" format="PNG" scale="" /> + </imageobject> + <imageobject role="fo"> + <imagedata align="center" contentwidth="150mm" fileref="images/availablelanguages.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + + </mediaobject> + + </step> + + </procedure> + + + </section> <!-- Close Section: 3.3.4.4.24 Add translations to a document --> + + <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Manage_Documents_in_Sites_Explorer-Add_a_language_for_an_uploaded_document"> + <title>Add a language for an uploaded document</title> + <important> + <title>DOC NOTE</title> + <para> + This section is not very informative. Fill it out during further edits. + </para> + + </important> + <para> + To add a language to an uploaded file, do the following: + </para> + <procedure> + <title></title> + <step> + <para> + Click <emphasis role="bold">Browse</emphasis> to select a file from your computer, then click the upload + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/uploadicon.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject> + icon. + </para> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject role="html"> + <imagedata align="center" fileref="images/languageuploadedfile.png" format="PNG" scale="" width="444" /> + </imageobject> + <imageobject role="fo"> + <imagedata align="center" contentwidth="150mm" fileref="images/languageuploadedfile.png" format="PNG" width="444" /> + </imageobject> + + </mediaobject> + + </step> + <step> + <para> + Input a value in the <emphasis role="bold">Name</emphasis> field if you want to change the display name of the uploaded file. + </para> + + </step> + <step> + <para> + Click <emphasis role="bold">Save</emphasis> to commit the values. + </para> + + </step> + + </procedure> + + + </section> <!-- Close Section: 3.3.4.4.25 Add a language for an uploaded document --> + + <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Manage_Documents_in_Sites_Explorer-Vote_for_documents"> + <title>Vote for documents</title> + <para> + This function is used to vote for a document (Note: you cannot vote for a <emphasis role="bold">File Plan</emphasis> document). + </para> + <procedure> + <title></title> + <step> + <para> + Open the document you want to vote for. + </para> + + </step> + <step> + <para> + Select the <emphasis role="bold">Collaboration</emphasis> tag to show advanced actions. + </para> + + </step> + <step> + <para> + Click + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/votefordocument.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject> + . + </para> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject role="html"> + <imagedata align="center" fileref="images/collaboration_vote.png" format="PNG" scale="100" width="444" /> + </imageobject> + <imageobject role="fo"> + <imagedata align="center" contentwidth="150mm" fileref="images/collaboration_vote.png" format="PNG" width="444" /> + </imageobject> + + </mediaobject> + <para> + The <emphasis role="bold">Vote Document</emphasis> form will appear: + </para> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject role="html"> + <imagedata align="center" fileref="images/votedocumentform.png" format="PNG" scale="" /> + </imageobject> + <imageobject role="fo"> + <imagedata align="center" contentwidth="150mm" fileref="images/votedocumentform.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + + </mediaobject> + + </step> + <step> + <para> + Rate the document by clicking on the appropriate star level for your vote: + </para> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject role="html"> + <imagedata align="center" fileref="images/votestars.png" format="PNG" scale="" /> + </imageobject> + <imageobject role="fo"> + <imagedata align="center" contentwidth="150mm" fileref="images/votestars.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + + </mediaobject> + + </step> + + </procedure> + + <para> + After a vote has been added, the rating will appear at the bottom of the document: + </para> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject role="html"> + <imagedata align="center" fileref="images/voteinfo.png" format="PNG" scale="100" /> + </imageobject> + <imageobject role="fo"> + <imagedata align="center" contentwidth="150mm" fileref="images/voteinfo.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + + </mediaobject> + + </section> <!-- Close Section: 3.3.4.4.26 Vote for documents --> + + <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Manage_Documents_in_Sites_Explorer-Comment_on_documents"> + <title>Comment on documents</title> + <para> + This function is used to comment on a document (Note: you cannot vote for a <emphasis role="bold">File Plan</emphasis> document). + </para> + <procedure> + <title></title> + <step> + <para> + Select the document that you want to add a comment to. + </para> + + </step> + <step> + <para> + Select the <emphasis role="bold">Collaboration</emphasis> tag to show advanced actions. + </para> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject role="html"> + <imagedata align="center" fileref="images/collaboration_comment.png" format="PNG" scale="" width="444" /> + </imageobject> + <imageobject role="fo"> + <imagedata align="center" contentwidth="150mm" fileref="images/collaboration_comment.png" format="PNG" width="444" /> + </imageobject> + + </mediaobject> + + </step> + <step> + <para> + Click + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/commentdocumentbutton.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject> + . + </para> + <para> + The <emphasis role="bold">Add Comment</emphasis> form appears: + </para> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject role="html"> + <imagedata align="center" fileref="images/addcommentform.png" format="PNG" scale="" width="444" /> + </imageobject> + <imageobject role="fo"> + <imagedata align="center" contentwidth="150mm" fileref="images/addcommentform.png" format="PNG" width="444" /> + </imageobject> + + </mediaobject> + + </step> + <step> + <para> + Add your comment in the <emphasis role="bold">Comment</emphasis> field. + </para> + + </step> + <step> + <para> + Click <emphasis role="bold">Save</emphasis>. + </para> + + </step> + + </procedure> + + <para> + Comments are shown at the bottom of the document: + </para> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject role="html"> + <imagedata align="center" fileref="images/commentdisplay.jpg" format="JPG" scale="" width="444" /> + </imageobject> + <imageobject role="fo"> + <imagedata align="center" contentwidth="150mm" fileref="images/commentdisplay.jpg" format="JPG" width="444" /> + </imageobject> + + </mediaobject> + <para> + To view your comment click the <emphasis role="bold">Show Comments</emphasis> link: + </para> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject role="html"> + <imagedata align="center" fileref="images/commentview.jpg" format="JPG" scale="" /> + </imageobject> + <imageobject role="fo"> + <imagedata align="center" contentwidth="150mm" fileref="images/commentview.jpg" format="JPG" /> + </imageobject> + + </mediaobject> + <para> + You can edit your comment by clicking the + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/editicon2.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject> + icon or delete it by clicking + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/trashicon.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject> + . + </para> + + </section> <!-- Close Section: 3.3.4.4.27 Comment on documents --> + + </section> <!-- Close Section: 3.3.4.4. Manage Documents in Sites Explorer --> + + </section> <!-- Close Section: 3.3.4 Actions in Sites Explorer --> + + <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Manage_Site_Content_with_Sites_Explorer-Search_in_Sites_Explorer"> + <title>Search in Sites Explorer</title> + <para> + There are three ways to search an existing node: + </para> + <orderedlist> + <listitem> + <para> + <xref linkend="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Search_in_Sites_Explorer-Simple_Search" /> + </para> + + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para> + <xref linkend="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Search_in_Sites_Explorer-Advanced_Search" /> + </para> + + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para> + <xref linkend="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Search_in_Sites_Explorer-Quick_Search" /> + </para> + + </listitem> + + </orderedlist> + <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Search_in_Sites_Explorer-Simple_Search"> + <title>Simple Search</title> + <para> + This function is used to search with properties of the document (Note: Not the document's name). + </para> + <procedure> + <title></title> + <step> + <para> + Enter a string that is found in the document you are searching for (Note: Do not use the document's name). + </para> + </step> + <step> + <para> + Click the <inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref="images/magnifyingglassicon.png"/></imageobject></inlinemediaobject> icon to perform the search. + </para> + <para> + Search results will be displayed in the right pane. + </para> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject role="html"> + <imagedata fileref="images/searchresults.png" format="PNG" align="center" scale="90" /> + </imageobject> + <imageobject role="fo"> + <imagedata fileref="images/searchresults.png" format="PNG" align="center" contentwidth="150mm" /> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + <para> + The search results will appear empty if no node cotains the search string. + </para> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject role="html"> + <imagedata fileref="images/emptysearch.jpg" format="JPG" align="center" scale="100" /> + </imageobject> + <imageobject role="fo"> + <imagedata fileref="images/emptysearch.jpg" format="JPG" align="center" contentwidth="150mm" /> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </step> + <step> + <para> + Click the <inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref="images/viewresultcontent.png"/></imageobject></inlinemediaobject> to view the content containing the search string. + </para> + <para> + Or click the <inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref="images/viewresultnode.png"/></imageobject></inlinemediaobject> icon to go to the node that contains the search result. + </para> + </step> + </procedure> + </section> <!-- Close Section: 3.3.5.1 Simple Search --> + + <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Search_in_Sites_Explorer-Advanced_Search"> + <title>Advanced Search</title> + <para> + To perform an advanced search: + </para> + <procedure> + <title></title> + <step> + <para> + Click the <inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref="images/savedsearchicon.png"/></imageobject></inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role="bold">Saved Search</emphasis> icon. + </para> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject role="html"> + <imagedata fileref="images/savedsearches.png" format="PNG" align="center" scale="" /> + </imageobject> + <imageobject role="fo"> + <imagedata fileref="images/savedsearches.png" format="PNG" align="center" contentwidth="150mm" /> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </step> + <step> + <para> + Then click the <emphasis role="bold">Advanced Search</emphasis> icon <inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref="images/magnifyingglassicon.png"/></imageobject></inlinemediaobject> to open the <emphasis role="bold">Advanced Search</emphasis> form. + </para> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject role="html"> + <imagedata fileref="images/advancedsearches.png" format="PNG" align="center" scale="" /> + </imageobject> + <imageobject role="fo"> + <imagedata fileref="images/advancedsearches.png" format="PNG" align="center" contentwidth="150mm" /> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + <para> + The <emphasis role="bold">Advanced Search</emphasis> form will open: + </para> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject role="html"> + <imagedata fileref="images/advancedsearchform.png" format="PNG" align="center" scale="" /> + </imageobject> + <imageobject role="fo"> + <imagedata fileref="images/advancedsearchform.png" format="PNG" align="center" contentwidth="150mm" /> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </step> + </procedure> + <para> + The tabs in this form offer different search functions: + </para> + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> <para> - Right-click the document you want to add as a favorite + <xref linkend="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Search_in_Sites_Explorer-Advanced_Search-Search_by_Name"/> </para> - </step> - <step> + </listitem> + <listitem> <para> - Click <inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref="images/addfavorite.png"/></imageobject></inlinemediaobject> + <xref linkend="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Search_in_Sites_Explorer-Advanced_Search-Search_with_constraints"/> </para> - </step> - </procedure> - <para> - A symlink of your favorite nodes (folders, documents, files) will be created in the <emphasis role="bold">Favorite</emphasis> folder. - </para> - </section> <!-- Close Section: 3.3.4.4.18 Add to favorites --> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para> + <xref linkend="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Search_in_Sites_Explorer-Advanced_Search-New_Query"/> + </para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para> + <xref linkend="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Search_in_Sites_Explorer-Advanced_Search-Existing_Queries"/> + </para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> - <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Manage_Documents_in_Sites_Explorer-Watch_Unwatch_documents"> - <title>Watch/Unwatch documents</title> - <para> - By using this function, whenever a change is made on the document, there will be a notification message sent to your email address. To receive that email, you must configure in your mail server. - </para> - <procedure> - <title></title> - <step> + <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Search_in_Sites_Explorer-Advanced_Search-Search_by_Name"> + <title>Search by Name</title> <para> - Select the document you want to watch. + Use the <emphasis role="bold">Search by Name</emphasis> tab to search nodes by name: </para> - </step> - <step> + <procedure> + <title></title> + <step> + <para> + Enter the exact name you wish to search for in the <emphasis role="bold">Content name</emphasis> field. + </para> + </step> + <step> + <para> + Click <emphasis role="bold">Search</emphasis>. + </para> + <para> + Results will return with the message <emphasis>“No result found”</emphasis> if there is no node with the entered name. + </para> + <para> + Results will be returned in the <emphasis role="bold">Search Results</emphasis> tab if the requested name is found. + </para> + </step> + </procedure> + </section> <!-- Close Section: 3.3.5.2.1 Search by Name --> + <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Search_in_Sites_Explorer-Advanced_Search-Advanced_Search"> + <title>Advanced Search</title> <para> - Chose the <emphasis role="bold">Collaboration</emphasis> tab then click <inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref="images/watchicon.png"/></imageobject></inlinemediaobject> from the action bar. + This search allows you to search with more constraints to limit the returned results. </para> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject role="html"> - <imagedata fileref="images/watchunwatchscreen.png" format="PNG" align="center" scale="" /> - </imageobject> - <imageobject role="fo"> - <imagedata fileref="images/watchunwatchscreen.png" format="PNG" align="center" contentwidth="150mm" /> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </step> - <step> <para> - The <emphasis role="bold">Watching Document</emphasis> form will appear. Click the <emphasis role="bold">Watch</emphasis> button to finish. + Extra search constraints are entered in the <emphasis role="bold">Advanced Search</emphasis> tab of the <emphasis role="bold">Advanced Search</emphasis> form. </para> <mediaobject> <imageobject role="html"> - <imagedata fileref="images/watchingdocumentform.png" format="PNG" align="center" scale="" /> + <imagedata fileref="images/advancedsearchtab.png" format="PNG" align="center" scale="" /> </imageobject> <imageobject role="fo"> - <imagedata fileref="images/watchingdocumentform.png" format="PNG" align="center" contentwidth="150mm" /> + <imagedata fileref="images/advancedsearchtab.png" format="PNG" align="center" contentwidth="150mm" /> </imageobject> </mediaobject> - </step> - </procedure> - <para> - To stop watching a document, select the document and click <inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref="images/watchicon.png"/></imageobject></inlinemediaobject>. - </para> - <para> - A message will appeared confirming the action. - </para> - </section> <!-- Close Section: 3.3.4.4.19 Watch/Unwatch documents --> - - <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Manage_Documents_in_Sites_Explorer-Add_tags_to_documents"> - <title>Add tags to documents</title> - <procedure> - <title></title> - <step> <para> - Select a document that you want to add tags. + The <emphasis role="bold">Current location</emphasis> field is not editable. It shows the path selected to search. </para> - </step> - <step> + <procedure> + <title></title> + <step> + <para> + Enter search terms in the <emphasis role="bold">A word of phrase in content</emphasis> field. + </para> + </step> + <step> + <para> + Select the <emphasis role="bold">Operator</emphasis>. + </para> + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para> + Select <emphasis role="bold">AND</emphasis> operator to only return results that meet <emphasis>both</emphasis> the search terms and the entered constraints (see Step 3). + </para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para> + Select <emphasis role="bold">OR</emphasis> operator to return results that meet <emphasis>either</emphasis> the search terms or the entered constraints (see Step 3). + </para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </step> + <step> + <para> + Click <emphasis role="bold"> Show/hide constraints form</emphasis> to add more constraints. + </para> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject role="html"> + <imagedata fileref="images/showconstraintform.png" format="PNG" align="center" scale="90" /> + </imageobject> + <imageobject role="fo"> + <imagedata fileref="images/showconstraintform.png" format="PNG" align="center" contentwidth="150mm" /> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + <para> + a further constraint options window will appear: + </para> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject role="html"> + <imagedata fileref="images/furtherconstraintform.png" format="PNG" align="center" scale="" /> + </imageobject> + <imageobject role="fo"> + <imagedata fileref="images/furtherconstraintform.png" format="PNG" align="center" contentwidth="150mm" /> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + <table> + <title></title> + <tgroup cols="2"> + <thead> + <row> + <entry> + Item + </entry> + <entry> + Details + </entry> + </row> + </thead> + <tbody> + <row> + <entry> + 1 + </entry> + <entry> + You can add more than one constraint thus there are two operators AND and OR for you to combine them. + </entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + 2 + </entry> + <entry> + These fields allow you to add a constraint to search by a property with specific values. + </entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + 3 + </entry> + <entry> + These fields allow you to add a constraint to search by a property with specific values. + </entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + 4 + </entry> + <entry> + These fields allow you to add a constraint to search by a property that contains one of the word in the specific string. + </entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + 5 + </entry> + <entry> + These fields allow you to add a constraint to search by a property that does not contain the specific string. + </entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + 6 + </entry> + <entry> + These fields allow you to add a constraint to search by a duration of date (created, modified). + </entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + 7 + </entry> + <entry> + This field allow you to add a constraint to search by the document type (File, Article, Podcast, Sample node, File Plan, Kofax). + </entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + 8 + </entry> + <entry> + This field allow you to add a constraint to search by categories. + </entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref="images/addnodetypeicon.png"/></imageobject></inlinemediaobject> + </entry> + <entry> + Add a document type. + </entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref="images/addcategoryicon.png"/></imageobject></inlinemediaobject> + </entry> + <entry> + Add a category. + </entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </tgroup> + </table> + </step> + <step> + <para> + Select the constraint operator(<emphasis role="bold">AND/OR</emphasis>). + </para> + </step> + <step> + <para> + Add the required constraints using one of the follow methods: + </para> + <orderedlist> + <listitem> + <para> + <xref linkend="proc-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Search_in_Sites_Explorer-Advanced_Search-Search_with_constraints-exact_values"/> + </para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para> + <xref linkend="proc-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Search_in_Sites_Explorer-Advanced_Search-Search_with_constraints-include_exclude_values"/> + </para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para> + <xref linkend="proc-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Search_in_Sites_Explorer-Advanced_Search-Search_with_constraints-by_date"/> + </para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para> + <xref linkend="proc-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Search_in_Sites_Explorer-Advanced_Search-Search_with_constraints-by_type"/> + </para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para> + <xref linkend="proc-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Search_in_Sites_Explorer-Advanced_Search-Search_with_constraints-by_category"/> + </para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist> + <procedure id="proc-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Search_in_Sites_Explorer-Advanced_Search-Search_with_constraints-exact_values"> + <title>Add a constraint for exact values</title> + <step> + <para> + Check the box that corresponds to the constraint you want. + </para> + </step> + <step> + <para> + Enter the property you want to locate or click the <emphasis role="bold">Add property</emphasis> icon <inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref="images/furtherpropertyicon.png"/></imageobject></inlinemediaobject>. + </para> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject role="html"> + <imagedata fileref="images/addpropertyiconform.png" format="PNG" align="center" scale="" /> + </imageobject> + <imageobject role="fo"> + <imagedata fileref="images/addpropertyiconform.png" format="PNG" align="center" contentwidth="150mm" /> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + <para> + A list of possible properties appears: + </para> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject role="html"> + <imagedata fileref="images/propertieslist.png" format="PNG" align="center" scale="" /> + </imageobject> + <imageobject role="fo"> + <imagedata fileref="images/propertieslist.png" format="PNG" align="center" contentwidth="150mm" /> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </step> + <step> + <para> + Select a property from the list and click <emphasis role="bold">Add</emphasis>. The selected property will populate <emphasis role="bold">Property</emphasis> field. + </para> + </step> + <step> + <para> + Define the property value to search for by entering a value into the <emphasis role="bold">Contain exactly</emphasis> field or click the <emphasis role="bold">Find exactly</emphasis> icon: <inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref="images/furtherpropertyicon.png"/></imageobject></inlinemediaobject> + </para> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject role="html"> + <imagedata fileref="images/containexactlyform.png" format="PNG" align="center" scale="" /> + </imageobject> + <imageobject role="fo"> + <imagedata fileref="images/containexactlyform.png" format="PNG" align="center" contentwidth="150mm" /> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + <para> + The <emphasis role="bold">Filter form</emphasis> will appear: + </para> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject role="html"> + <imagedata fileref="images/filterform.png" format="PNG" align="center" scale="" /> + </imageobject> + <imageobject role="fo"> + <imagedata fileref="images/filterform.png" format="PNG" align="center" contentwidth="150mm" /> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + <para> + All pre-existing values for the property you selected will appear. + </para> + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para> + If the value you require is in the list, select it and click <emphasis role="bold">Select</emphasis>. + </para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para> + If the value you require is not in the list, enter it in the <emphasis role="bold">Filter:</emphasis> field and click <inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref="images/furtherpropertyicon.png"/></imageobject></inlinemediaobject> icon. The value will populate the <emphasis role="bold">Contain exactly</emphasis> field of the constraints form. + </para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject role="html"> + <imagedata fileref="images/containexactlypopulated.png" format="PNG" align="center" scale="100" /> + </imageobject> + <imageobject role="fo"> + <imagedata fileref="images/containexactlypopulated.png" format="PNG" align="center" contentwidth="150mm" /> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </step> + </procedure> + <procedure id="proc-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Search_in_Sites_Explorer-Advanced_Search-Search_with_constraints-include_exclude_values"> + <title>Add a constraint including or excluding values </title> + <step> + <para> + Check the box corresponding to the <emphasis role="bold">Contain</emphasis> or <emphasis role="bold">Not Contain</emphasis> constraint, as appropriate. + </para> + <warning> + <title>Doc Note</title> + <para> + Can <emphasis role="bold">BOTH</emphasis> options be checked here? It seems feasible/appropriate. + </para> + </warning> + </step> + <step> + <para> + Enter the required property in the <emphasis role="bold">Property</emphasis> field or click the <emphasis role="bold">Add Property</emphasis> icon <inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref="images/furtherpropertyicon.png"/></imageobject></inlinemediaobject> (refer to <emphasis role="bold">Step B</emphasis> in <xref linkend="proc-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Search_in_Sites_Explorer-Advanced_Search-Search_with_constraints-exact_vlaues"/> for more information). + </para> + </step> + <step> + <para> + Enter the required values in the <emphasis role="bold">Contain</emphasis> or <emphasis role="bold">Not Contain</emphasis> fields. + </para> + </step> + </procedure> + <procedure id="proc-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Search_in_Sites_Explorer-Advanced_Search-Search_with_constraints-by_date"> + <title>Add a constraint by date</title> + <step> + <para> + Click the check box beside the field with the drop down menu (below the <emphasis role="bold">Property</emphasis> entries). + </para> + </step> + <step> + <para> + Define the search condition from the drop down list (<emphasis role="bold">CREATED</emphasis>/<emphasis role="bold">MODIFIED</emphasis>). + </para> + </step> + <step> + <para> + Click in the <emphasis role="bold">From</emphasis> field. + </para> + <para> + A small calendar will appear; + </para> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject role="html"> + <imagedata fileref="images/datesearchcondition.png" format="PNG" align="center" scale="90" /> + </imageobject> + <imageobject role="fo"> + <imagedata fileref="images/datesearchcondition.png" format="PNG" align="center" contentwidth="150mm" /> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + <para> + Select the date you want to use as a contraint. + </para> + </step> + <step> + <para> + Repeat the above steps for the <emphasis role="bold">To</emphasis> field. + </para> + <para> + The selected dates will populate the <emphasis role="bold">From</emphasis> and <emphasis role="bold">To</emphasis> fields in the <emphasis role="bold">Add constraint</emphasis> form. + </para> + </step> + </procedure> + <procedure id="proc-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Search_in_Sites_Explorer-Advanced_Search-Search_with_constraints-by_type"> + <title>Add a constraint by document type</title> + <step> + <para> + Click the check box beside the <emphasis role="bold">Document Type</emphasis> field. + </para> + </step> + <step> + <para> + Enter the document type you want to search for or click the <inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref="images/addnodetypeicon.png"/></imageobject></inlinemediaobject> icon for a list of document types: + </para> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject role="html"> + <imagedata fileref="images/documenttypelist.png" format="PNG" align="center" scale="" /> + </imageobject> + <imageobject role="fo"> + <imagedata fileref="images/documenttypelist.png" format="PNG" align="center" contentwidth="150mm" /> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </step> + <step> + <para> + Click the check box of the document type you want and click <emphasis role="bold">Save</emphasis>. + </para> + <para> + The selected document type will populate the <emphasis role="bold">Document Type</emphasis> field. + </para> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject role="html"> + <imagedata fileref="images/documenttypepopulated.png" format="PNG" align="center" scale="" /> + </imageobject> + <imageobject role="fo"> + <imagedata fileref="images/documenttypepopulated.png" format="PNG" align="center" contentwidth="150mm" /> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </step> + </procedure> + <procedure id="proc-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Search_in_Sites_Explorer-Advanced_Search-Search_with_constraints-by_category"> + <title>Add a constraint by category</title> + <step> + <para> + Click the check box beside the <emphasis role="bold">Category</emphasis> field. + </para> + </step> + <step> + <para> + Enter the category you want to search for or click the <inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref="images/addcategoryicon.png"/></imageobject></inlinemediaobject> icon for a list of categories: + </para> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject role="html"> + <imagedata fileref="images/categorylist.png" format="PNG" align="center" scale="" /> + </imageobject> + <imageobject role="fo"> + <imagedata fileref="images/categorylist.png" format="PNG" align="center" contentwidth="150mm" /> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </step> + <step> + <para> + Click the <inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref="images/greentick.png"/></imageobject></inlinemediaobject> that corresponds to the category you want. + </para> + <para> + The selected category will populate the <emphasis role="bold">Category</emphasis> field. + </para> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject role="html"> + <imagedata fileref="images/documenttypepopulated.png" format="PNG" align="center" scale="" /> + </imageobject> + <imageobject role="fo"> + <imagedata fileref="images/documenttypepopulated.png" format="PNG" align="center" contentwidth="150mm" /> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </step> + </procedure> + </step> + <step> + <para> + Click <emphasis role="bold">Add</emphasis> to add any/all activated constraints. + </para> + <para> + The constraints will be converted to an <emphasis role="bold">SQL</emphasis> query and displayed in the search form: + </para> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject role="html"> + <imagedata fileref="images/SQLsearchform.png" format="PNG" align="center" scale="" /> + </imageobject> + <imageobject role="fo"> + <imagedata fileref="images/SQLsearchform.png" format="PNG" align="center" contentwidth="150mm" /> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + <para> + Remove unnecessary constraints with the <inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref="images/trashicon.png"/></imageobject></inlinemediaobject> icon. + </para> + </step> + <step> + <para> + Click <emphasis role="bold">Search</emphasis> to launch the search. Results will be displayed in the <emphasis role="bold">Search Results</emphasis> tab. + </para> + </step> + <step> + <para> + Click <emphasis role="bold">Save</emphasis> and give this search configuration a name if you want to save it for use at another time. + </para> + </step> + </procedure> + </section> <!-- Close Section: 3.3.5.2.2 Search with constraints --> + <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Search_in_Sites_Explorer-Advanced_Search-New_Query"> + <title>New Query</title> <para> - Chose the <emphasis role="bold">Collaboration</emphasis> tab then click <inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref="images/taggingdocument.png"/></imageobject></inlinemediaobject> on the Action bar. The <emphasis role="bold">Tag Manager</emphasis> will be displayed: + You need a knowledge of the structure of query statements in order to configure a search using the parameters on the <emphasis role="bold">New Query</emphasis> tab </para> + <procedure> + <title></title> + <step> + <para> + Enter a unique name for this query in the <emphasis role="bold">Name</emphasis> field. + </para> + </step> + <step> + <para> + Choose a query type from the drop down menu; <emphasis role="bold">SQL</emphasis> or <emphasis role="bold">xPath</emphasis> + </para> + </step> + <step> + <para> + Enter a query statement. + </para> + </step> + <step> + <para> + Click <emphasis role="bold">Search</emphasis> to perform the search and display the results in the <emphasis role="bold">Search Results</emphasis> tab. + </para> + <para> + Or click <emphasis role="bold">Save</emphasis> to save the search query to the <emphasis role="bold">Saved Query</emphasis> tab. + </para> + <para> + Or click <emphasis role="bold">Cancel</emphasis> to quit. + </para> + </step> + </procedure> + </section> <!-- Close Section: 3.3.5.2.3 New Query --> + <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Search_in_Sites_Explorer-Advanced_Search-Saved_Query"> + <title>Saved Query</title> + <para> + This tab lists all saved search queries (that you have access rights to use). + </para> <mediaobject> <imageobject role="html"> - <imagedata fileref="images/tagmanager.png" format="PNG" align="center" scale="" /> + <imagedata fileref="images/savedquerytab.png" format="PNG" align="center" scale="90" /> </imageobject> <imageobject role="fo"> - <imagedata fileref="images/tagmanager.png" format="PNG" align="center" contentwidth="150mm" /> + <imagedata fileref="images/savedquerytab.png" format="PNG" align="center" contentwidth="150mm" /> </imageobject> </mediaobject> - <table> - <title></title> - <tgroup cols="2"> - <thead> - <row> - <entry> - Fields - </entry> - <entry> - Details - </entry> - </row> - </thead> - <tbody> - <row> - <entry> - Tag names - </entry> - <entry> - The tag names that users want to add tags for documents. - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - Tag Scopes - </entry> - <entry> - To classify tags. There are four tag types: private, public, group, site. Currently, the two first types are activated(Private: a user who create tags can view and edit tags; public: all users can view and edit tags). - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - Linked tags - </entry> - <entry> - To list all tags of a document after you click the Add Tags button. - </entry> - </row> - </tbody> - </tgroup> - </table> - </step> - <step> - <para> - Input a value for the <emphasis role="bold">Tag names</emphasis> field. A document can be added several tags at a time. To do that, input all tag names in the <emphasis role="bold">Tag names</emphasis> field and separate by “,”. - </para> - </step> - <step> - <para> - Select a value for the <emphasis role="bold">Tag Scopes</emphasis> field. - </para> - </step> - <step> - <para> - Click <emphasis role="bold">Add Tags</emphasis> to accept, or Close to quit. Only you can see this tag in this document. - </para> - </step> - <step> - <para> - Click the <inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref="images/trashicon.png"/></imageobject></inlinemediaobject> to delete tags. - </para> - </step> - </procedure> - <note> - <title>Tagging Notes </title> - <para> <itemizedlist> <listitem> <para> - A tag name can not contain some special characters, including: ! @ $ % * [ ] ' : \ / + Click <inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref="images/searchsprocket.png"/></imageobject></inlinemediaobject> to perfom the search and see the results in the <emphasis role="bold">Search Results</emphasis> tab. </para> </listitem> <listitem> <para> - You can add multiple tags to the same documents. + Click <inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref="images/editicon4.png"/></imageobject></inlinemediaobject> to edit the query statement. The query form will appear as it does when creating a query (see <xref linkend="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Search_in_Sites_Explorer-Advanced_Search-New_Query"/>) however you cannot edit the name of the saved search. </para> </listitem> <listitem> <para> - You can add multiple documents to the same named tag. + Click <inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref="images/trashicon.png"/></imageobject></inlinemediaobject> to delete a query (provided you have access rights over that query). </para> </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - All tags of a document will be listed in <emphasis role="bold">Linked tags</emphasis>. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - When you add a tag for a document, anyone can select that tag so anyone can see your document but they only can take actions on it if they have the permission. - </para> - </listitem> </itemizedlist> - </para> - </note> - </section> <!-- Close Section: 3.3.4.4.20 Add tags to documents --> + </section> <!-- Close Section: 3.3.5.2.4 Existing Queries --> - <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Manage_Documents_in_Sites_Explorer-Use_Created_tags"> - <title>Use Created tags</title> - <para> - Select the Tag cloud <inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref="images/cloudicon.png"/></imageobject></inlinemediaobject> you will see all existing tags: All existing tags are listed and classified by private or public tags. - </para> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject role="html"> - <imagedata fileref="images/taglist.png" format="PNG" align="center" scale="60" /> - </imageobject> - <imageobject role="fo"> - <imagedata fileref="images/taglist.png" format="PNG" align="center" contentwidth="150mm" /> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - <para> - Tags will be displayed differently depending on popularity. The font size, weight, color, family and text-decoration will be used to visuall communicate popularity. - </para> - <para> - For example, tags added to over ten documents will be displayed in red, at 20px and bold. These settings can be configured in WCM Administration portlet. - </para> - <para> - Each tag is also link to all documents with the same tag. Click a tag name to see these documents listed in the right panel. - </para> - </section> <!-- Close Section: 3.3.4.4.21 Use Created tags --> + </section> <!-- Close Section: 3.3.5.2 Advanced Search --> + + <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Search_in_Sites_Explorer-Quick_Search"> + <title>Quick Search</title> + <para> + To perform a quick search: + </para> + <procedure> + <title></title> + <step> + <para> + Click the <inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref="images/savedsearchicon.png"/></imageobject></inlinemediaobject> icon to see the list of existing queries. + </para> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject role="html"> + <imagedata fileref="images/savedsearches.png" format="PNG" align="center" scale="100" /> + </imageobject> + <imageobject role="fo"> + <imagedata fileref="images/savedsearches.png" format="PNG" align="center" contentwidth="150mm" /> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + <para> + A query list will appear. It contains the sections; <emphasis role="bold">All Articles</emphasis>, <emphasis role="bold">Created Documents</emphasis>, <emphasis role="bold">CreatedDocumentDayBefore</emphasis> and <emphasis role="bold">allArticles</emphasis>. + </para> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject role="html"> + <imagedata fileref="images/querylistsections.png" format="PNG" align="center" scale="90" /> + </imageobject> + <imageobject role="fo"> + <imagedata fileref="images/querylistsections.png" format="PNG" align="center" contentwidth="150mm" /> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </step> + <step> + <para> + Launch, modify of delete the queries as required (see <xref linkend="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Search_in_Sites_Explorer-Advanced_Search-Saved_Query"/> for more information). + </para> + </step> + <step> + <para> + Filter results with the entries in the <emphasis role="bold">All Items</emphasis> and/or <emphasis role="bold">By Type</emphasis> panes on the left of the tab. Items matching the selections will appear in the right pane. + </para> + </step> + <step> + <para> + Click on the required document or folder name to view and or download them. + </para> + </step> + </procedure> + </section> <!-- Close Section: 3.3.5.3 Quick Search --> - <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Manage_Documents_in_Sites_Explorer-Manage_tags"> - <title>Manage Tags</title> - <para> - Tags are easily managed by editing or deleting them with the <emphasis role="bold">Tag Manager</emphasis>. - </para> - <procedure> - <title>Edit a tag</title> - <step> - <para> - Click the <inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref="images/cloudicon.png"/></imageobject></inlinemediaobject> icon at the upper-right corner of the tags panel. - </para> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject role="html"> - <imagedata fileref="images/taglistiediticon.png" format="PNG" align="center" scale="60" /> - </imageobject> - <imageobject role="fo"> - <imagedata fileref="images/taglistiediticon.png" format="PNG" align="center" contentwidth="150mm" /> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - <para> - The <emphasis role="bold">Edit tag form</emphasis> will appear: - </para> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject role="html"> - <imagedata fileref="images/tageditform.png" format="PNG" align="center" scale="" /> - </imageobject> - <imageobject role="fo"> - <imagedata fileref="images/tageditform.png" format="PNG" align="center" contentwidth="150mm" /> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </step> - <step> - <para> - Click the <inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref="images/editicon4.png"/></imageobject></inlinemediaobject> that corresponds to the tag you want to edit. - </para> - </step> - <step> - <para> - Edit the tag as desired. - </para> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject role="html"> - <imagedata fileref="images/tagform.png" format="PNG" align="center" scale="" /> - </imageobject> - <imageobject role="fo"> - <imagedata fileref="images/tagform.png" format="PNG" align="center" contentwidth="150mm" /> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </step> - <step> - <para> - Click <emphasis role="bold">Save</emphasis> button to commit the change or <emphasis role="bold">Cancel</emphasis> to quit without changes. - </para> - </step> - </procedure> - <procedure> - <title>Delete a tag</title> - <step> - <para> - Perform <emphasis role="bold">Step 1</emphasis> from the procedure above. - </para> - </step> - <step> - <para> - Click the <inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref="images/trashicon.png"/></imageobject></inlinemediaobject>. - </para> - <para> - A confirmation box will appear: - </para> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject role="html"> - <imagedata fileref="images/tagdelete.png" format="PNG" align="center" scale="" /> - </imageobject> - <imageobject role="fo"> - <imagedata fileref="images/tagdelete.png" format="PNG" align="center" contentwidth="150mm" /> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - <para> - Click <emphasis role="bold">OK</emphasis> button to delete the tag or <emphasis role="bold">Cancel</emphasis> to quit. - </para> - </step> - </procedure> - </section> <!-- Close Section: 3.3.4.4.22 Manage Tags --> + </section> <!-- Close Section: 3.3.5 Search in Sites Explorer --> + + <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Manage_Site_Content_with_Sites_Explorer-Preference_Settings"> + <title>Preference Settings</title> + <para> + + </para> + + </section> <!-- Close Section: 3.3.6 Preference Setting --> +</section> <!-- Close Section: 3.3 Manage Site Content with Sites Explorer --> - <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Manage_Documents_in_Sites_Explorer-Add_language_for_a_document"> - <title>Add a language for a document</title> - <para> - This function is used to support users to add multiple languages for a document. Each document can be displayed in many languages. - </para> - <procedure> - <title></title> - <step> - <para> - Select a document that you want to add language(s). - </para> - </step> - <step> - <para> - Select the <emphasis role="bold">Collaboration</emphasis> tab to show some advanced actions on the Action bar. - </para> - </step> - <step> - <para> - Click <inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref="images/localisedcontents.png"/></imageobject></inlinemediaobject> on the <emphasis role="bold">Action</emphasis> bar. - </para> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject role="html"> - <imagedata fileref="images/addlanguage.png" format="PNG" align="center" scale="" /> - </imageobject> - <imageobject role="fo"> - <imagedata fileref="images/addlanguage.png" format="PNG" align="center" contentwidth="150mm" /> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - <para> - The <emphasis role="bold">Multi-language</emphasis> form will appear. - </para> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject role="html"> - <imagedata fileref="images/multi-language.png" format="PNG" align="center" scale="" /> - </imageobject> - <imageobject role="fo"> - <imagedata fileref="images/multi-language.png" format="PNG" align="center" contentwidth="150mm" /> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - <para> - The <emphasis role="bold">View language</emphasis> tab contains a list of all languages. The default language for the document will be automatically populated. - </para> - </step> - <step> - <para> - Select the <emphasis role="bold">Add language</emphasis> tab. This tab will be displayed differently, depending on what file you selected. However, the area where you can add languages for document is the same. The below illustration shows the <emphasis role="bold">Add language</emphasis> tab for a <emphasis role="bold">Sample node</emphasis> file: - </para> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject role="html"> - <imagedata fileref="images/addlanguageform.png" format="PNG" align="center" scale="" /> - </imageobject> - <imageobject role="fo"> - <imagedata fileref="images/addlanguageform.png" format="PNG" align="center" contentwidth="150mm" /> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </step> - <step> - <para> - Select a language you want to add from the <emphasis role="bold">Language</emphasis> drop-down list. - </para> - <para> - If the selected language has not been added for current document, the content field will be blank. - </para> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject role="html"> - <imagedata fileref="images/selectlanguage.png" format="PNG" align="center" scale="" /> - </imageobject> - <imageobject role="fo"> - <imagedata fileref="images/selectlanguage.png" format="PNG" align="center" contentwidth="150mm" /> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - <para> - Select the <emphasis role="bold">Set default</emphasis> checkbox if you want to set your selected language as default language. - </para> - </step> - <step> - <para> - Click <emphasis role="bold">Save</emphasis>, you will be returned to the <emphasis role="bold">View language</emphasis>tab. Your selected language is now added to the <emphasis role="bold">Language</emphasis> field: - </para> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject role="html"> - <imagedata fileref="images/newlanguage.png" format="PNG" align="center" scale="" /> - </imageobject> - <imageobject role="fo"> - <imagedata fileref="images/newlanguage.png" format="PNG" align="center" contentwidth="150mm" /> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - <para> - You can view this document in new added language by selecting the language from the language drop-down list then click the <emphasis role="bold">View </emphasis> button. - </para> - </step> - </procedure> - <para> - To view the languages list of a document, do the following: - </para> - <procedure> - <title></title> - <step> - <para> - Select a document that you want to view the language list then click the <emphasis role="bold">Relation</emphasis> button on side panel: - </para> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject role="html"> - <imagedata fileref="images/relationbutton.png" format="PNG" align="center" scale="" /> - </imageobject> - <imageobject role="fo"> - <imagedata fileref="images/relationbutton.png" format="PNG" align="center" contentwidth="150mm" /> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </step> - <step> - <para> - The list of language (and all related documents) will be displayed on the left panel: - </para> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject role="html"> - <imagedata fileref="images/languagelist.png" format="PNG" align="center" scale="" /> - </imageobject> - <imageobject role="fo"> - <imagedata fileref="images/languagelist.png" format="PNG" align="center" contentwidth="150mm" /> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - <para> - You can view the document in the new language by clicking the corresponding link in <emphasis role="bold">Languages List</emphasis>. - </para> - <para> - For more details about <emphasis role="bold">Relations</emphasis>, refer to xref="" (View Relations of nodes) - </para> - </step> - </procedure> - <note> - <title>Language Notes</title> - <para> - You cannot add multiple languages for a <emphasis role="bold">File Plan</emphasis>. - </para> - <para> - When a document is a sub-node of <emphasis role="bold">File Plan</emphasis>, you also cannot add language to it. - </para> - </note> - </section> <!-- Close Section: 3.3.4.4.23 Add a language for a document --> - <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Manage_Documents_in_Sites_Explorer-Add_translations_to_a_document"> - <title>Add translations to a document</title> - <para> - This function allows users to add multiple languages for a document. This action is similar to adding a language. - </para> - <para> - By default, the <emphasis role="bold">Add translation</emphasis> button is not displayed on the toolbar. - </para> - <para> - Enable this function by navigating to <emphasis role="bold">Sites Administration</emphasis>, then <emphasis role="bold">Content Presentation</emphasis>, then <emphasis role="bold">Manage Views</emphasis>. - </para> - <procedure> - <title></title> - <step> - <para> - Select the document you want to add the translation for. For example; select an <emphasis role="bold">Article</emphasis> which is in <emphasis>English</emphasis>: - </para> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject role="html"> - <imagedata fileref="images/selectarticle.png" format="PNG" align="center" scale="" /> - </imageobject> - <imageobject role="fo"> - <imagedata fileref="images/selectarticle.png" format="PNG" align="center" contentwidth="150mm" /> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </step> - <step> - <para> - Click <inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref="images/addtranslationicon.png"/></imageobject></inlinemediaobject> in the <emphasis role="bold">Action</emphasis> bar. The <emphasis role="bold">Symlink Manager</emphasis> will appear: - </para> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject role="html"> - <imagedata fileref="images/symlinkmanager2.png" format="PNG" align="center" scale="" /> - </imageobject> - <imageobject role="fo"> - <imagedata fileref="images/symlinkmanager2.png" format="PNG" align="center" contentwidth="150mm" /> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </step> - <step> - <para> - Click <inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref="images/addplusicon.png"/></imageobject></inlinemediaobject>, then browse to the target document that has different language with the first document. For example, the <emphasis role="bold">Article</emphasis> version in French. - </para> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject role="html"> - <imagedata fileref="images/choosetargetnode.png" format="PNG" align="center" scale="" /> - </imageobject> - <imageobject role="fo"> - <imagedata fileref="images/choosetargetnode.png" format="PNG" align="center" contentwidth="150mm" /> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </step> - <step> - <para> - After you have selected the document, click <emphasis role="bold">Save</emphasis> on the <emphasis role="bold">Symlink Manager</emphasis> form: - </para> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject role="html"> - <imagedata fileref="images/symlinkmanagersave.png" format="PNG" align="center" scale="" /> - </imageobject> - <imageobject role="fo"> - <imagedata fileref="images/symlinkmanagersave.png" format="PNG" align="center" contentwidth="150mm" /> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </step> - <step> - <para> - Select the document which you have added the translation to, then click the <emphasis role="bold">Relation</emphasis> button on the sidebar. - </para> - <para> - You will see the available language for the selected document. Click the language on this panel to view the document in the corresponding language version. - </para> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject role="html"> - <imagedata fileref="images/availablelanguages.png" format="PNG" align="center" scale="" /> - </imageobject> - <imageobject role="fo"> - <imagedata fileref="images/availablelanguages.png" format="PNG" align="center" contentwidth="150mm" /> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </step> - </procedure> - </section> <!-- Close Section: 3.3.4.4.24 Add translations to a document --> - - <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Manage_Documents_in_Sites_Explorer-Add_a_language_for_an_uploaded_document"> - <title>Add a language for an uploaded document</title> - <important> - <title>DOC NOTE</title> - <para> - This section is not very informative. Fill it out during further edits. - </para> - </important> - <para> - To add a language to an uploaded file, do the following: - </para> - <procedure> - <title></title> - <step> - <para> - Click <emphasis role="bold">Browse</emphasis> to select a file from your computer, then click the upload <inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref="images/uploadicon.png"/></imageobject></inlinemediaobject> icon. - </para> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject role="html"> - <imagedata fileref="images/languageuploadedfile.png" format="PNG" align="center" scale="" /> - </imageobject> - <imageobject role="fo"> - <imagedata fileref="images/languageuploadedfile.png" format="PNG" align="center" contentwidth="150mm" /> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </step> - <step> - <para> - Input a value in the <emphasis role="bold">Name</emphasis> field if you want to change the display name of the uploaded file. - </para> - </step> - <step> - <para> - Click <emphasis role="bold">Save</emphasis> to commit the values. - </para> - </step> - </procedure> - </section> <!-- Close Section: 3.3.4.4.25 Add a language for an uploaded document --> - - <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Manage_Documents_in_Sites_Explorer-Vote_for_documents"> - <title>Vote for documents</title> - <para> - - </para> - - </section> <!-- Close Section: 3.3.4.4.26 Vote for documents --> - </section> <!--Close Section: 3.3.4.4. Manage Documents in Sites Explorer--> - - </section> <!--Close Section: 3.3.4 Actions in Sites Explorer--> - -</section> <!--Close Section: 3.3 Manage Site Content with Sites Explorer--> - Modified: epp/docs/branches/EPP_5_1_Branch/Site_Publisher_User_Guide/en-US/modules/Usage/Webdav.xml =================================================================== --- epp/docs/branches/EPP_5_1_Branch/Site_Publisher_User_Guide/en-US/modules/Usage/Webdav.xml 2010-10-14 03:29:30 UTC (rev 4663) +++ epp/docs/branches/EPP_5_1_Branch/Site_Publisher_User_Guide/en-US/modules/Usage/Webdav.xml 2010-10-14 07:23:45 UTC (rev 4664) @@ -5,7 +5,9 @@ ]> <section id="sect-Site_Publisher_User_Guide-Manage_Site_Content_with_WebDAV"> <title>Manage Site Content with WebDAV</title> - <para> + <para> + </para> </section> +